DUO - Pol

Transcription

DUO - Pol
2015
PRODUCT
CaTaLOGUE
POL-SKONE
BETTER INTERIOR
DOORS anD WInDOWS
www.pol-skone.eu
2014
Search for products
with the FSC® mark
in our offer
PRODUCTION PLANT № 1 IN LUBLIN
PRODUCTION PLANT № 2 IN NIEMCE
PRODUCTION PLANT № 3 IN BIŁGORAJ
We are inspired by our Clients’ dreams
This year POL-SKONE Sp. z o.o. is celebrating the 25th anniversary of its foundation. As every jubilee, it provokes
thoughts about the past, the presence and the future. Since 1990, we have been pursuing our main goal – to supply
products which conform to the Customer’s requirements. By focusing on the Customers’ needs, ensuring high
quality of our products and being technologically innovative, we have become known to be the leading manufacturer
of door and window systems. Concurrently, the principles of being thorough and credible in cooperation with our
Customers and Vendors have allowed us to become a trustworthy business partner, repeatedly awarded the Fair
Play Certificate. We have successfully become the most dynamically developing company in our sector and, as
such, we have been appreciated by experts and research and development institutions and received over 100 awards
and distinctions. We are proud to be the company which, after 25 years, continues to set out market trends and
surprise Customers with unique, unconventional and fresh patterns. We believe that only the dynamic and innovative
development of the product portfolio is the way to fulfil our Customers’ increasing requirements - and this is what
keeps us motivated to operate and grow.
We are pleased to hand over to you the jubilee edition of the Better Interior 2015 catalogue. It presents collections
of interior doors which are available with various patterns, a wide portfolio of finishes and an unprecedented colour
scheme, stimulating the imagination of even the most the demanding Customer. We hope that the so composed
diverse portfolio of products will give you a lot of satisfaction while designing and arranging your interiors.
Management Board of Pol-Skone Sp. z o.o.
CONTENTS
INTERIOR DOOR LEAVES
REBATED SYSTEM.................................................................................................4
NON-REBATED SYSTEM........................................................................................6
ARCO.....................................................................................................................8
ARCO ALU...........................................................................................................10
VERIMO - NEW....................................................................................................12
INTER-AMBER ....................................................................................................14
IMPULS...............................................................................................................16
CREO...................................................................................................................18
ETIUDA................................................................................................................20
ETIUDA LUX.........................................................................................................22
DECO, DECO VARIO - NEW COLOURS................................................................24
SIMPLE, ASTOR, GRAF........................................................................................26
CLASSIC, CLASSIC Lux, FIORD...........................................................................28
PLYTOWE............................................................................................................30
MODERN..............................................................................................................32
HAPPY.................................................................................................................34
TIARA..................................................................................................................36
ASTRO.................................................................................................................38
VERTIGO - NEW...................................................................................................40
VERTIGO LUX - NEW...........................................................................................42
ASTRO LUX.........................................................................................................44
DECO LUX, Lux Soft, Lux Soft Vario - NEW COLOURS���������������������������������������46
NOSTRE...............................................................................................................48
SEMPRE..............................................................................................................50
SEMPRE Alu........................................................................................................52
SEMPRE Onda.....................................................................................................54
SEMPRE Lux - NEW COLOURS...........................................................................56
SEMPRE Lux Alu - NEW COLOURS.....................................................................58
SEMPRE Inserto..................................................................................................60
SEMPRE Sense....................................................................................................62
SEMPRE Gravi - NEW..........................................................................................64
SEMPRE Verse - NEW COLOURS........................................................................66
SAHARA, KONGO.................................................................................................68
QUATTRO Soft.....................................................................................................70
INTERSOLID, INTERSOLID Soft...........................................................................72
INTERSOLID II.....................................................................................................74
VITTORIA-W........................................................................................................76
VENA, GRAND Lux, MILENIUM Lux.....................................................................78
ARGENT...............................................................................................................80
NOBLE I / NOBLE II..............................................................................................82
PASSO / PASSO Alto...........................................................................................84
CALYPSO.............................................................................................................86
SABIA..................................................................................................................88
FORM...................................................................................................................90
L-PROJEKT - NEW COLOURS/NEW PRICES�������������������������������������������������������92
VERTO.................................................................................................................94
LUMEN.................................................................................................................96
SOUNDPROOF DOORS - NEW COLOURS�����������������������������������������������������������98
DUO SOUNDPROOF DOORS - NEW COLOURS������������������������������������������������100
FOLDING DOORS - NEW COLOURS...................................................................102
SLIDING IN-WALL.............................................................................................104
SLIDING ON-WALL SYSTEM.............................................................................106
PREMIUM ON-WALL SYSTEM..........................................................................107
TUNNELS / WALL CASING.................................................................................108
INTEGRATED TOPLIGHTS ON DIN PROFILE�����������������������������������������������������109
SIDELIGHTS......................................................................................................111
DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS.................................................................................112
DOOR FRAMES - NEW��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������112
CROWNS...........................................................................................................128
PORTHOLES FOR INTERIOR DOORS.................................................................128
STRIPS..............................................................................................................129
ACCESSORIES...................................................................................................130
TYPES OF GLAZING...........................................................................................131
VENTILATION OPTIONS.....................................................................................132
ENTRANCE DOORS FOR MULTIFAMILY HOUSING
CERBER II - NEW COLOURS..............................................................................134
ANTI-BURGLAR DOOR B-30/C-30 - NEW COLOURS����������������������������������������136
ANTI-BURGLAR RC3 - NEW COLOURS.............................................................138
ADJUSTABLE FRAMES FOR ENTRANCE DOORS����������������������������������������������139
COLOURS
COLOURS..........................................................................................................140
HARDWARE
HANDLES...........................................................................................................142
TECHNICAL APPROVALS AND CERTIFICATES ������������������������������������������������144
EXEMPLARY REFERENCES...............................................................................146
SOLUTIONS FOR DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS��������������������������������������������������147
WINDOW SPECIFICATIONS...............................................................................150
Exterior doors, windows and solutions for development projects are available in separate publications.
REBATED SYSTEM
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
door leaf
depth of rebate
27 mm
Ss (door leaf width)
Height of handle for the rebated door standard height – 1113 mm from leaf bottom edge.
width (Ss)
height in rebate
618 718 818 918 (mm)
2020 (mm)
n FRAMES
n HINGES for interior doors
Fixed MDF
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame
4
rebated system
rebated system
rebated system
rebated system
rebated system
rebated system
Screw-in pivot
A type hinge
Screw-in pivot
B type hinge
Screw-in pivot
C type hinge
Screw-in pivot
D type hinge
Screw-in pivot
K type hinge
Three-piece
T type hinge
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
n MODELS OF DOOR LEAVES AND DOORS IN REBATED SYSTEM
ARCO
ARCO Alu
VERIMO
INTER-AMBER
IMPULS
CREO
ETIUDA
ETIUDA Lux
SIMPLE
GRAF
CLASSIC
CLASSIC Lux
FIORD
PLYTOWE
MODERN
HAPPY
TIARA
ASTRO
(see p 39)
(see p 45)
VERTIGO
VERTIGO Lux
DECO
DECO Vario
(see p 25)
DECO Lux,
DECO Lux Soft
DECO Lux Soft Vario NOSTRE
(see p 47)
(see p 49)
SEMPRE
SEMPRE Alu
SEMPRE Onda
SEMPRE Sense
SEMPRE Gravi
SEMPRE Verse
SAHARA
KONGO
QUATTRO Soft
INTERSOLID,
INTERSOLID Soft
(see p 9)
(see p 27)
(see p 41)
SEMPRE Lux
(see p 57)
INTERSOLID II
(see p 75)
(see p 11)
(see p 29)
(see p 43)
SEMPRE Lux Alu
(see p 59)
VITTORIA-W
(see p 77)
(see p 13)
(see p 29)
(see p 25)
SEMPRE Inserto
(see p 61)
vena
(see p 79)
(see p 15)
(see p 29)
(see p 63)
GRAND Lux
(see p 79)
(see p 17)
(see p 31)
(see p 47)
(see p 65)
MILENIUM Lux
(see p 79)
(see p 19)
(see p 33)
(see p 67)
ARGENT
(see p 81)
(see p 21)
(see p 35)
(see p 69)
(see p 23)
(see p 37)
(see p 51)
(see p 69)
(see p 27)
(see p 53)
(see p 71)
ASTOR
(see p 27)
ASTRO Lux
(see p 55)
(see p 73)
FORM
(see p 91)
5
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
NON-REBATED NON-REBATED NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
NOBLE FIESTA DUO
DUO
door leaf
Ss (door leaf width)
Height of handle for the rebated door standard height – 1040mm from leaf bottom edge.
width (Ss)
height
625 725 825 925 (mm)
2040 (mm)
n FRAMES
DUO
DUO
Non-rebated adjustable hidden hinge
DUO
Magnetic mortise lock
(Duo, NOBLE, Fiesta System)
n HINGES for interior doors
DUO fixed frame
NOBLE
Duo (DI) adjustable frame
DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame VERTIGO adjustable frame
NOBLE
FIESTA
NOBLE (NB) adjustable frame Non-rebated fixed wooden frame FIESTA (FB) adjustable frame
6
non-rebated system
non-rebated system
SFS hinge
(NOBLE, FIESTA SYSTEM)
ARGENTA type hidden adjustable
hinge (DUO SYSTEM)
FIESTA
FIESTA (FA) adjustable frame
n MODELS OF DOOR LEAVES AND DOORS IN NON-REBATED SYSTEM
DUO
INTER-AMBER Duo IMPULS Duo
SIMPLE Duo
available models
of the INTER-AMBER
leaves (see p. 15)
available models
of the IMPULS
leaves (see p. 17)
VERTIGO Duo
VERTIGO Lux Duo DECO Lux Duo
available models
of the VERTIGO
leaves (see p. 41)
available models
of the VERTIGO Lux
leaves (see p. 43)
available models
of the SIMPLE
leaves (see p. 27)
GRAF Duo
ASTOR Duo
SEMPRE Duo,
Lux Duo
SEMPRE Alu Duo, SEMPRE
Lux Alu Duo
Onda Duo
available models
of the GRAF
leaves (see p. 27)
available models
of the DECO Lux
leaves (see p. 47)
available models
of the SEMPRE
leaves (see p. 51),
SEMPRE Lux
leaves (see p. 57)
available models
of the ASTOR
leaves (see p. 27)
available models
of the SEMPRE Alu
leaves (see p. 53),
SEMPRE Lux Alu
leaves (see p. 59)
NOBLE DUO
L-projekt Duo
available models
of the l-projekt
leaves (see p. 93)
SOUNDPROOF Duo
available models
of the SOUNDPROOF
leaves (see p. 101)
CLASSIC Lux Duo FIORD Duo
available models
of the CLASSIC Lux
leaves (see p. 29)
available models
of the SEMPRE Onda
leaves (see p. 55)
FIESTA
available models
of the FIORD
leaves (see p. 29)
SEMPRE
Inserto Duo
available models
of the SEMPRE Inserto
leaves (see p. 61)
DUO
PLYTOWE Duo
Modern Duo
TIARA duo
SEMPRE
Sense Duo
SEMPRE Gravi
Duo
SEMPRE
Verse Duo
available models
of the PLYTOWE
leaves (see p. 31)
available models
of the SEMPRE Sense
leaves (see p. 63)
available models
of the Modern
leaves (see p. 33)
available models
of the SEMPRE Gravi
leaves (see p. 65)
available models
of the TIARA
leaves (see p. 37)
available models
of the SEMPRE Verse
leaves (see p. 67)
DUO SYSTEM = door leaf price
+
price of door frame DUO
NOBLE I
NOBLE Ii
PASSO
PASSO Alto
calypso
sabia
verto
available models
of the NOBLE I
leaves (see p. 83)
available models
of the NOBLE II
leaves (see p. 83)
available models
of the passo
leaves (see p. 85)
available models
of the passo Alto
leaves (see p. 85)
available models
of the calypso
leaves (see p. 87)
available models
of the sabia
leaves (see p. 89)
available models
of the verto
leaves (see p. 95)
WAYS OF CONNECTING ARCHITRAVES
NOBLE SYSTEM – VERSION A (100 mm)
WAYS OF CONNECTING ARCHITRAVES
NOBLE SYSTEM – VERSION B (80 mm)
FIESTA SYSTEM
WAYS OF CONNECTING ARCHITRAVES
DUO SYSTEM (80 mm)
7
arco
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
Door leaves with the ECO TOP
surface finish hold
the FSC® Mix Certificate.
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system
∙∙MDF rail and stile set covered with the ECO TOP, HIGH TOP surface
∙∙MDF panels covered with the ECO TOP, HIGH TOP surface, horizontal wood grain, cross
rails with horizontal wood grain, the W5P and W5 cross rail pattern with vertical wood
grain
n GLAZING
∙∙White matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: white, bright aralia, dark aralia, maple,
premium oak, Palermo walnut, Salinas oak, white pine, Scandinavian oak; brown
matt glass, 4 mm thick - Caucasian walnut, walnut, dark oak, dark acacia, British oak,
Chestnut, southern oak, dark ash
∙∙VERSION W2D, W3D, W5S, W5: white matt tempered glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours
of: white, bright aralia, dark aralia, maple, premium oak, Palermo walnut, Salinas oak,
white pine, Scandinavian oak; brown matt tempered glass, 4 mm thick - Caucasian
walnut, walnut, dark oak, dark acacia, British oak, Chestnut, southern oak, dark ash
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Screw-in pivot hinges, 3 units (“60”-”90”)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+”60”; “60”+”70”; “60”+“80”; ; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”;
“70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
8
n FRAMES
Fixed MDF
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n ARCO DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm
- Door shorter to 30 mm (the lower element of the door has a nonstandard height)
- Door shorter by 40-60 mm (the upper and the lower element of the
door has a non-standard height)
Ventilation trim
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation
options
see p. 104-107
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles
W2P
W2S
W2
W2D
W3P
W3S
W3
W3D
ARCO door details
Ventilation trim
n GLAZING
W5P
W5S
W5
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door
Environment-friendly and wear-resistant surface.
MDF panel covered
with the ECO TOP,
HIGH TOP surface
120
124
131
132
133
135
136
137
139
140
141
142
143
144
white
Palermo
walnut
Caucasian
walnut
southern oak
brown matt
n DOOR LEAF CROSS SECTION
n COLOURS
ECO TOP
white matt
maple
dark ash
nut
Salinas oak
dark oak
white pine
British oak
Scandinavian
oak
dark acacia
bright aralia
145
dark aralia
MDF rail and stile set
covered with the ECO TOP,
HIGH TOP surface
HIGH TOP
129
chestnut
138
premium oak
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible.
9
arco Alu
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
Door leaves with the ECO TOP
surface finish hold
the FSC® Mix Certificate.
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system
∙∙MDF rail and stile set covered with the ECO TOP, HIGH TOP surface
∙∙MDF panels covered with the ECO TOP, HIGH TOP surface, horizontal wood grain, cross
rails with horizontal wood grain
∙∙Aluminium decorative strips
n GLAZING
∙∙White matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: white, bright aralia, dark aralia, maple,
premium oak, Palermo walnut, Salinas oak, white pine, Scandinavian oak; brown
matt glass, 4 mm thick - Caucasian walnut, walnut, dark oak, dark acacia, British oak,
Chestnut, southern oak, dark ash
∙∙VERSION W2D, W3D: white matt tempered glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: white,
bright aralia, dark aralia, maple, premium oak, Palermo walnut, Salinas oak, white pine,
Scandinavian oak; brown matt tempered glass, 4 mm thick - Caucasian walnut, walnut,
dark oak, dark acacia, British oak, Chestnut, southern oak, dark ash
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Screw-in pivot hinges, 3 units (“60”-”90”)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+”60”; “60”+”70”; “60”+“80”; ; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”;
“70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
10
n FRAMES
Fixed MDF
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n ARCO Alu DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm
- Door shorter to 30 mm (the lower element of the door has a nonstandard height)
- Door shorter by 40-60 mm (the upper and the lower element of the
door has a non-standard height)
Ventilation trim
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation
options
see p. 104-107
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles
W2P
W2S
W2
W2D
ARCO door details
W3P
W3S
W3
W3D
Aluminium decorative strips
ventilation trim
n GLAZING
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door
Environment-friendly and wear-resistant surface.
MDF panel covered
with the ECO TOP,
HIGH TOP surface
120
124
131
132
133
135
136
137
139
140
141
142
143
144
white
Palermo
walnut
Caucasian
walnut
southern oak
brown matt
n DOOR LEAF CROSS SECTION
n COLOURS
ECO TOP
white matt
maple
dark ash
nut
Salinas oak
dark oak
white pine
British oak
Scandinavian
oak
dark acacia
bright aralia
145
dark aralia
MDF rail and stile set
covered with the ECO TOP,
HIGH TOP surface
HIGH TOP
129
chestnut
138
premium oak
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible.
11
VERIMO
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
NEW
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system
∙∙MDF rail and stile set covered with ECO TOP, HIGH TOP, SILKSTONE surface
∙∙MDF cross rails and panels covered with ECO TOP, HIGH TOP, SILKSTONE surface,
horizontal wood grain
n FRAMES
n GLAZING
∙∙White matt 4 mm thick glass in the colours of white, merbau royal, Italian oak, patina
ash, coffee ash
Fixed MDF
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
n STANDARD ACCESSORIES
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Screw-in pivot hinges, 3 pcs (“60”-”90”)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙Single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙Double leaf type: “60+60”, “60+70”, “60+80”, “60+90”, “70+70”, “70+80”, “70+90”,
“80+80”, “80+90”, “90+90”
12
Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n VERIMO DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Maximum available door shortening: by to 60 mm
- Door shorter by 10 mm – the upper element of
the door has a non-standard height
- Door shorter by 20-60 mm – the upper and the
lower element of the door has a non-standard
height
Ventilation trim
W01
W01S1
W01S2
W01P
W02
W02S1
W02S2
W02S3
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation
options
Handles
see p. 104-107
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
W02P
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable
door frame for single leaf rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or
adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door
W03
W03S1
W03S2
W03P
n COLOURS
n DOOR LEAF CROSS SECTION
Environment-friendly and wearresistant surface.
ECO TOP
HIGH TOP
NEW
NEW
120
white
SILKSTONE
146
Italian walnut
147
patina ash
NEW
MDF panel covered
with the ECO TOP,
HIGH TOP, SILKSTONE
surface
148
coffee ash
MDF rail and stile set
covered with the ECO TOP,
HIGH TOP, SILKTONE
surface
295
merbau royal
13
INTER-AMBER
R E B A T E D NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards, covered with ECO TOP,
HIGH TOP surface, core made of honeycomb-like stabilizing layer
∙∙Door leaf: vertical wood grain, panels: vertical wood grain (pattern A, B), panels:
horizontal wood grain (pattern C, D, E, F)
n GLAZING
∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick, for door leaves in the colours of: white, bright
aralia, dark aralia, oak, bavaria beech, Caucasian walnut, common walnut, British oak,
maple, nut, dark oak, dark acacia, premium oak, Palermo walnut, Salinas oak, white pine,
Scandinavian oak; brown matt glass, 4 mm thick - Chestnut, southern oak, dark ash
∙∙For safety reasons, we recommend to use tempered glass - VERSION AS4, BS2, 03SD
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC
- spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+”60”; “60”+”70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
14
n FRAMES
DUO
DUO fixed frame
Fixed MDF
DUO
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
DUO
Duo (DI) adjustable frame
DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame
Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n CORES
“Honeycomb”
Perforated
chipboard
(option)
Solid chipboard
(option)
n INTER-AMBER DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size “100” (glazing decoration as in “90”)
Size “110” (glazing decoration as in “90”)
Core made of perforated chipboard
Core made of solid chipboard
Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”)
A00
A01
AP4
AS4
APM4
ASM4
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 50 mm on a
do-it-yourself basis)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 90 mm on a
do-it-yourself basis)
03SD
Reinforcement for door closer
Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against excessive humidity
(not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim)
Maximum door shortening available on request: to 100 mm
Ventilation trim
Tempered glass (applies to 1 glass pane):
Version AS4, BS2, 03SD, ASM4
Version C
BP2
BS2
C00
C01
C02
C03
Version D, E, F
D00
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional
glazing, portholes, ventilation options
see p. 6-7
Duo non-rebated version
D02
D03
E00
E01
E02
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles
D01
see p. 104-107
E03
SOUNDPROOF DOORS - p. 98-101
E04
E05
F00
F01
F02
F03
F04
F05
F06
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door
n COLOURS
ECO TOP
Environment-friendly and wear-resistant surface.
D03 frame detail
120
121
122
124
125
131
132
133
135
136
137
139
140
141
142
143
white
British oak
oak
dark acacia
bavaria beech Caucasian
walnut
Palermo
walnut
southern oak
common
walnut
dark ash
maple
Salinas oak
nut
white pine
HIGH TOP
dark oak
Scandinavian
oak
AS4, ASM4 muntin bar detail
144
bright aralia
145
dark aralia
129
chestnut
138
premium oak
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible.
15
IMPULS
R E B A T E D NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards, covered with the LAMISTONE
CPL, SILKSTONE surface finish, the core made of honeycomb-like stabilizing layer
n FRAMES
DUO
n GLAZING
∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick, for door leaves in the colours of: white, white oak,
Polish oak, Royal ash tree, Royal anthracite, Polish ash tree, Royal maple, Siberian oak;
brown matt glass, 4 mm thick, for door leaves in the colours of: premium walnut, wenge,
Royal merbau, Royal nougat, Royal chestnut, Brazilian nut tree
∙∙For version W13: white matt tempered glass, 6 mm thick, in the standard colours of: white,
white oak, Polish oak, Royal ash tree, Royal anthracite, Polish ash tree, Royal maple,
Siberian oak; brown matt tempered glass, 6 mm thick, for door leaves in the colours of:
premium walnut, wenge, Royal merbau, Royal nougat, Royal chestnut, Brazilian nut tree
∙∙For safety reasons, we recommend to use tempered glass - VERSION W04, W05, W10
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC
- spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
16
DUO fixed frame
Fixed MDF
DUO
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
DUO
DUO (DI) adjustable frame
DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame
Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n CORES
“Honeycomb”
Perforated
chipboard
(option)
Solid chipboard
(option)
n IMPULS DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size “100” (glazing decoration applicable as in “90”)
Size “110” (glazing decoration applicable as in “90”)
Core made of perforated chipboard
Core made of solid chipboard
W01
W02
W03
W04
W05
W06
W07
W08 B0
W08 B1
W08 B2
W08 B3
W08 B4
W10
W11
Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf
(“60”, “70”, “80”)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to
50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) (not applicable to
version W13)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf
to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis)
(not applicable to version W13)
Reinforcement for door closer (not applicable to
version W13)
Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against
excessive humidity (not applicable to door leaves
with ventilation trim and to version W13)
Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm
(not applicable to version W13)
Ventilation trim (not applicable to version W13)
Tempered glass (applies to 1 glass pane):
Version W04, W05, W10, W12 (not applicable to
version W13)
Versions W02, W03, W06, W07, W08, W12D1
Versions W11, W14
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system (not applicable to version W13)
Additional accessories: hinge caps, portholes,
ventilation options
see p. 6-7
Duo non-rebated version
W12
W13
W14 C0
W14 C1
W14 C2
W14 C3
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles9
W12 D1
see p. 104-107
Pattern W13 availability of a leaf with
a non-standard height: 1970 mm
SOUNDPROOF DOOR - see p. 98-101
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door
n COLOURS
LAMISTONE
258
white
260
white oak
SILKSTONE
276
Polish oak
293
Royal
anthracite
279
Brazilian
nut tree
294
Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents.
CPL Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels,
offices.
263
premium
walnut
265
wenge
Frame profile
(IMPULS VERSION W11)
Glazing
(IMPULS VERSION W13)
Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect.
284
Siberian oak
288
Royal maple
292
Royal chestnut
Frame profile
(IMPULS VERSION W14)
295
296
Muntin bar profile
(IMPULS VERSION W10, W12)
297
Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat
The colours printed in this catalogue may vary from the actual colours due to the quality of height volume print process. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are
possible.
17
CREO
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards, covered with the
LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE surface finish, the core made of honeycomb-like
stabilizing layer
n FRAMES
n GLAZING
∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick, for door leaves in the colours of: white, white
oak, Polish oak, Royal ash tree, Royal anthracite, Polish ash tree, Royal maple, Siberian
oak; brown matt glass, 4 mm thick, for door leaves in the colours of: premium walnut,
wenge, Royal merbau, Royal nougat, Royal chestnut, Brazilian nut tree
∙∙For safety reasons, we recommend to use tempered glass - VERSION AD, DD, CD
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
n CORES
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
18
Metal adjustable or fixed frame
“Honeycomb”
Perforated
chipboard
(option)
Solid chipboard
(option)
n CREO DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size “100” (glazing decoration applicable as in “90”)
Size “110” (glazing decoration applicable as in “90”)
Core made of perforated chipboard
Core made of solid chipboard
A0
A8
AD
D0
D6
DD
Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf
(“60”, “70”, “80”)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf
to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf
to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis)
Reinforcement for door closer
Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against
excessive humidity (not applicable to door leaves
with ventilation trim)
Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm
Ventilation trim
Tempered glass (applies to 1 glass pane):
Version A8, AD, D6, DD, C10, CD
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
Version B1, B2, B3, B4
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the
Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, portholes,
ventilation options
C10
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles
C0
see p. 104-107
CD
Frame profile
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door
n COLOURS
LAMISTONE
258
white
260
white oak
SILKSTONE
Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents.
CPL Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels,
offices.
263
premium
walnut
265
wenge
Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect.
276
279
284
288
292
293
294
295
296
297
Polish oak
Royal
anthracite
Brazilian
nut tree
Siberian oak
Royal maple
Royal chestnut
Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat
The colours printed in this catalogue may vary from the actual colours due to the quality of height volume print process. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are
possible. The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
19
ETIUDA
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system, door leaf top edge in the non-rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards, covered with the
LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE surface, the core made of solid chipboard (VERSION B1,
B2, B3, B4), honeycomb-like structure (VERSION B0, A01, A02, A03)
n FRAMES
n GLAZING
∙∙Standard: white matt tempered glass, 6 mm thick, for door leaves in the colours of: white,
white oak, Polish oak, Royal ash tree, Royal anthracite, Polish ash tree, Royal maple,
Siberian oak; brown matt tempered glass, 6 mm thick, for door leaves in the colours of:
premium walnut, wenge, Royal merbau, Royal nougat, Royal chestnut, Brazilian nut tree
– the size of glazing independent from the door size (+ / - 2 mm)
∙∙Glazing width in version A01 - 54 mm
∙∙Glazing width in version A02 - 205 mm
∙∙Glazing width in version A03 - 276 mm
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
20
Fixed MDF
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n CORES
“Honeycomb”
Solid chipboard
n ETIUDA DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size “100”
Size “110”
Core made of solid chipboard
Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”)
A01
A02
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door
leaf to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) (version
B0, B4)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf
to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) (version B0, B4)
Reinforcement for door closer (not applicable to
versions A01, A02, A03)
Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against
excessive humidity impact (not applicable to door
leaves with ventilation trim, not applicable to
versions A01, A02, A03)
Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm
(not applicable to versions A01, A02, A03)
A03
Ventilation trim (version B0, B1, B2, B3, B4)
Varnished oak threshold for single leaf doors
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system (not applicable to version A01)
Additional accessories: hinge caps, portholes
(version B0), ventilation options
see p. 104-107
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles
Pattern A01, A02, A03 availability of a leaf with
a non-standard height: 1970 mm
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door
Aluminium glazing drip caps
n COLOURS
LAMISTONE
258
white
260
white oak
SILKSTONE
Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents.
CPL Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels,
offices.
263
premium
walnut
265
wenge
Aluminium strips
Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect.
276
279
284
288
292
293
294
295
296
297
Polish oak
Royal
anthracite
Brazilian
nut tree
Siberian oak
Royal maple
Royal chestnut
Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat
Door leaf top edge
in the non-rebated system
The colours printed in this catalogue may vary from the actual colours due to the quality of height volume print process. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are
possible.
21
ETIUDA Lux
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system, door leaf top edge in the non-rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards with veneered surface, core
made of solid chipboard (VERSION B1, B2, B3), honeycomb like structure (VERSION
B0, A01, A02, A03)
∙∙Horizontal wood grain of veneer in collection VI, other collections with vertical wood
grain of veneer
n FRAMES
n GLAZING
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
∙∙Standard: white matt tempered glass, 6 mm thick - glazing dimensions independent
from the door size (+ / - 2 mm)
∙∙Glazing width in version A01 - 54 mm
∙∙Glazing width in version A02 - 205 mm
∙∙Glazing width in version A03 - 276 mm
n STANDARD ACCESSORIES
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: doors in the colours of RETRO, LIMBA, IV, VI (complete set incl. door leaf and
wooden or DIN door frame) - adjustable screw-in pivot type; veneered doors, collection I, II, III
(complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN door frame) - screw-in pivot type; door leaves
for standard metal frames - screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” - 2 units, “90” - 3 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
22
Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n CORES
“Honeycomb”
Solid chipboard
n ETIUDA Lux DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size “100”
Size “110”
Core made of solid chipboard
A01
A02
Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf
(“60”, “70”, “80”)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf
to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) (version B0)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf
to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) (version B0)
Reinforcement for door closer (not applicable to
versions A01, A02, A03)
Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against
excessive humidity impact (not applicable to door
leaves with ventilation trim, not applicable to
versions A01, A02, A03)
Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm
(not applicable to versions A01, A02, A03)
A03
Ventilation trim (version B0, B1, B2, B3)
Varnished oak threshold for single leaf doors
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system (not applicable to version A01)
Additional accessories: hinge caps, portholes (version
B0), ventilation options
see p. 104-107
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles
Pattern A01, A02, A03 availability of a leaf with
a non-standard height: 1970 mm
b0
B1
B2
B3
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door
Upper edge of the door leaf
in the non-rebated system
n COLOURS
VENEERED
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is
certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those
laid in multiple layers.
collection I
311
light oak
collection II
312
326
Swiss pine
beech
LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
421
cappucino
422
mokka
collection III
323
332
rustic oak
334
maple
European oak
collection IV
RETRO – oak veneer
424
teak
340
ebony
404
dark walnut
405
light walnut
350
graphite
351
marrone
352
nero
collection VI
612
622
SAHARA B
KONGO B
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
23
DECO, DECO Vario
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards covered with the CPL
laminate, 0.2 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.7 mm thick or HPL laminates (requires consultation with
the Sales Department), the core made of honeycomb-like stabilizing layer
n FRAMES
Covered with the CPL laminate, 0.15 mm, its colour matching the
laminated door leaf surface - not applicable to metal door frames
n GLAZING
∙∙The DECO standard, ornamental (transparent kura ornament) or clear transparent glass,
4 mm thick
∙∙The DECO Vario standard, ornamental (point-s) glass, 4 mm thick
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” - 2 units, “90” - 3 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: 60”+“60”; 60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”;
“70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
24
Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n CORES
“Honeycomb”
Perforated
chipboard
(option)
Solid chipboard
(option)
n DECO DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size “100” (glazing decoration as in “90”)
Size “110” (glazing decoration as in “90”)
CPL 0.5; 0.7 laminate for “60”, “70”, “80” available at extra charge
CPL 0.5; 0.7 laminate for “90”, “100”, “110” available at extra charge
Core made of perforated chipboard
Core made of solid chipboard
00
02 SM
03 SD
04 SD
05 SD
n DECO Vario DOOR LEAVES (versions)
Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf
(“60”, “70”, “80”)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf
to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf
to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis)
Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against
excessive humidity (all models except door leaves
with ventilation trim)
Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm
Reinforcement for door closer
Ventilation trim
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional
glazing, portholes, ventilation options
BS0
BS1
BS2
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles
BS3
see p. 104-107
SOUNDPROOF DOOR - see p. 98-101
BS4
C01
C02
C03
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door
n COLOURS
The Soft frame profile
n FRAME PROFILE
CPL 0.2 mm
LAMINATED
NEW
820
CPL 0.5 mm*
white
CPL 0.7 mm*
beech
222
grey
223
cherry tree
229
821
oak
anthracite
863
The Soft frame
premium
walnut
NEW
920
white
251
beech
252
oak
259
grey
921
anthracite
965
wenge
NEW
720
white
HPL*
221
771
beech
HPL 0.6 - 1.0 mm
laminates can be
optionally used.
772
grey
779
oak
K1238 AR+ 0901-HW
L-P 5G
L-P 9G
721
anthracite
9417-HW
L-P 20G
765
wenge
4447-6
L-P 21
Exemplary HPL colous.
To agree on the details,
consult the Sales
Department; available
finishes: matt or gloss.
*Available for construction development inquiries after consultation with the Sales Department.
The colours printed in this catalogue may vary from the actual colours due to the quality of height volume print process. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are
possible.
25
SIMPLE, ASTOR, GRAF
R E B A T E D NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two painted flush HDF boards, the core made of
honeycomb-like stabilizing layer
n GLAZING
∙∙For safety reasons, we recommend to use tempered glass – SIMPLE VERSION 01, 02
REBATED SYSTEM: Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick
NON-REBATED SYSTEM: Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC
- spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙“90” rebated version (non-standard width, passage clearance: 877 mm); dimension on
the external side of door frame (fixed - 963 mm, adjustable - 969 mm, DIN adjustable 921 mm); door leaf dimension in door “90” - 892x2020 mm (ASTOR, GRAF)
∙∙“90” non-rebated version; dimension on the external side of door frame (fixed,
adjustable - 986 mm, DIN adjustable - 945 mm); door
∙∙leaf dimension in door “90” - 918x2040 mm (ASTOR, GRAF)
∙∙The double leaf type: (“60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “70” +“70”, “70”+“80”; “80”+“80”)
∙∙The double Simple leaf type: (“60”+“60”, “60”+“70”, “60”+“80”, “60”+“90”, “70”
+“70”, “70”+“80”, “70”+“90”, “80”+“80”, “80”+“90”, “90”+“90”)
26
n FRAMES
DUO
DUO
Duo (DI) adjustable frame
DUO fixed frame
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
DUO
DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame
Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
Door frames for white painted doors are covered with matching colour foil (difference in shades of
door leaves, door frames and edges is possible). Door frames in the colours of RAL and NCS palettes
are available on request - p. 141
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n CORES
“Honeycomb”
Perforated
chipboard
(option)
SIMPLE
Solid chipboard
(option)
Simple,
GRAF
n SIMPLE DOOR LEAVES (versions)
plain surface
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size “100” (glazing decoration as in “90”) (applicable to SIMPLE,
SIMPLE DUO)
Size “110” (glazing decoration as in “90”) (applicable to SIMPLE,
SIMPLE DUO)
Core made of perforated chipboard
(not applicable to ASTOR, GRAF door)
Core made of solid chipboard (not applicable to ASTOR, GRAF door)
00
01
02
03
04
n ASTOR DOOR LEAVES (versions)
plain surface
Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf
(“60”, “70”, “80”), (not applicable to DUO)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf
to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf
to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis)
Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against
excessive humidity (not applicable to door leaves
with ventilation trim)
Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm*
Reinforcement for door closer
Ventilation trim
Tempered glass - SIMPLE door
Tempered glass - GRAF door (1 glass pane)
00
01SM
01S6
01S8
01S10
n GRAF DOOR LEAVES (versions)
plain surface
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system (not applicable to “90”
ASTOR, GRAF)
Crown for the SYSTEM DIN/DUO/Q-SYSTEM door
frame - 1 unit (white foil)
Additional accessories: optional glazing, hinge
caps, ventilation options
Handles
Duo non-rebated version
see p. 104-107
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
see p. 6-7
* patterns available with the 100 mm maximum door shortening: SIMPLE 00, 01, 02,
03, 04 - shortened symmetrically from the top and from the bottom
S0
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door
The Simple frame and muntin bar
The Astor pattern
n COLOURS
PAINTED
Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) –
available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units).
The Graf frame
000
white
(NCS s0500-N)
colours of RAL and NCS
palettes (except the metallic
ones)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
The Q-system (ZJ) door frame crown and architrave
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible.
27
CLASSIC, CLASSIC Lux, FIORD
R E B A T E D NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with pressed painted boards, the core made of
honeycomb-like stabilizing layer
n FRAMES
DUO
DUO
n GLAZING
∙∙The POL-SKONE system wooden muntin bars
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙The CLASSIC, CLASSIC Lux, FIORD standard, ornamental (transparent kura ornament)
or clear colourless transparent glass, 4 mm thick
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC
- spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
28
DUO fixed frame
Duo (DI) adjustable frame
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
DUO
DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame
Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
Door frames for white painted doors are covered with matching colour foil (difference in shades of
door leaves, door frames and edges is possible). Door frames in the colours of RAL and NCS palettes
are available on request - p. 141
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n CORES
“Honeycomb”
Solid chipboard
(option)
NOT AVAILABLE IN THE DUO SYSTEM
n CLASSIC DOOR LEAVES (versions)
wood grain texture
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Core made of solid chipboard
00
01SM
01SD
01S6
n CLASSIC Lux DOOR LEAVES (versions)
01S10
plain surface
Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”)
(not applicable to DUO)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf
to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis)
Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against
excessive humidity (not applicable to door leaves
with ventilation trim)
Maximum shortening of door up to 100 mm
(symmetrical shortening from the top side and
from the bottom side by 50 mm each – the Fiord
leaf, shortening of door leaf from the bottom side –
Classic, Classic Lux)
Maximum available door shortening: to 90 mm
(applicable to CLASSIC LUX in the DUO system)
Reinforcement for door closer
Ventilation trim
00
01SM
01SD
01S6
01S10
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system
Crown for the SYSTEM DIN/DUO/Q-SYSTEM door
frame - 1 unit (white foil)
Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional
glazing, portholes, ventilation options
Handles
n FIORD DOOR LEAVES (versions)
00
01
03SD
plain surface
03
Duo non-rebated version
see p. 104-107
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
see p. 6-7
02S8
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door
n COLOURS
PAINTED
Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) –
available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units).
000
white
(NCS s0500-N)
colours of RAL and NCS
palettes (except the metallic
ones)
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible.
29
PLYTOWE
R E B A T E D NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two painted flush HDF boards, the core made of
honeycomb-like stabilizing layer
n FRAMES
DUO
n GLAZING
∙∙For safety reasons, we recommend to use tempered glass - VERSION 03 SD
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Standard: ornamental (transparent kura ornament) or clear transparent glass,
4 mm thick
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC
- spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
30
DUO fixed frame
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
DUO
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
DUO
Duo (DI) adjustable frame
DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame
Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
Door frames for white painted doors are covered with matching colour foil (difference in shades of
door leaves, door frames and edges is possible). Door frames in the colours of RAL and NCS palettes
are available on request - p. 141
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n CORES
“Honeycomb”
Perforated
chipboard
(option)
Solid chipboard
(option)
n PLYTOWE DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size “100” (glazing decoration as in “90”)
Size “110” (glazing decoration as in “90”)
Core made of perforated chipboard
Core made of solid chipboard
00
02 SM
Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”),
(not applicable to DUO)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf
to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf
to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis)
Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against
excessive humidity (not applicable to door leaves
with ventilation trim)
02 S6
Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm
Maximum available door shortening: to 90 mm
(DUO SYSTEM)
Reinforcement for door closer
Ventilation trim
Tempered glass - VERSION 02 SD, 03 SD
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional
glazing, portholes, ventilation options
see p. 104-107
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles
see p. 6-7
Duo non-rebated version
02 SD
03 SD
04 SD
05 SD
SOUNDPROOF DOOR - see p. 98-101
The PLYTOWE frame profile
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door
n COLOURS
PAINTED
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the
metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification
table - p. 141 (min. 2 units).
000
white
(NCS s0500-N)
colours of RAL and NCS
palettes (except the metallic
ones)
Overhead closer
Stainless steel grill
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible.
Stainless steel panel
31
MODERN
R E B A T E D NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards, painted MDF panel
n GLAZING
∙∙The POL-SKONE system wooden muntin bars
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick
n FRAMES
DUO
DUO fixed frame
DUO
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
DUO
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable
screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type
(“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC
- spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
32
Duo (DI) adjustable frame
DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame
Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
Door frames for white painted doors are covered with matching colour foil (difference in shades of
door leaves, door frames and edges is possible). Door frames in the colours of RAL and NCS palettes
are available on request - p. 141
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n MODERN DOOR LEAVES (versions)
plain surface
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”)
(not applicable to DUO)
Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against excessive humidity
(not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim)
Maximum available door shortening: to 70 mm
Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm
(DUO SYSTEM)
Ventilation trim
01
01 S6
02
02 S6
03
03 S6
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system
Crown for the SYSTEM DIN/DUO/Q-SYSTEM door
frame - 1 unit (white foil)
Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional
glazing, portholes, ventilation options
see p. 104-107
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles
see p. 6-7
Duo non-rebated version
04
04 S8
05
05 S8
06
06 S8
Q-system (ZJ) door frame crown and architrave
07
07 S10
08
08 S10
09
09 S10
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door
n COLOURS
PAINTED
The MODERN muntin bar profile
n DOOR CROSS SECTION
Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at
extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units).
Painted MDF panel
000
white
colours of
(NCS s0500-N) RAL and
NCS palettes
(except the
metallic ones)
Pine wood door frame
n PORTHOLES (available for flush doors)
Colours: stainless steel (matt) - lacomat glass
BMD PORTHOLE
Painted HDF boards
Wooden rail and stile set
View from the hinge side
Ø 240, 320, 350, 400 mm
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible.
33
HAPPY
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system
∙∙Rail and stile set made of glued pine wood, topped with painted HDF boards, core
made of cross rail painted on both sides - one side of the cross rail serves as a school
magnetic board (black colour board), the other side of the cross rail is painted in
the colour of the door or panel both sides are painted in the colour of the door (without
the magnetic board)
n GLAZING
n FRAMES
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
∙∙Safe matt glass, 6 mm thick
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable
screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type
(“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
34
Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
Door frames for white painted doors are covered with matching colour foil (difference in shades of
door leaves, door frames and edges is possible). Door frames in the colours of RAL and NCS palettes
are available on request - p. 141
n HAPPY DOOR LEAVES (versions)
plain surface
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”)
Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against
excessive humidity (not applicable to door leaves
with ventilation trim)
Z – board fitted on the hinge side
A/Z – board on the side opposite to the hinge side
Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm
Ventilation trim
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation
options
Handles
00
Z
A/Z
01
02
see p. 104-107
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
03
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door
n COLOURS
PAINTED
Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) –
available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units).
000
white
(NCS s0500-N)
colours of RAL and NCS
palettes (except the metallic
ones)
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible.
35
TIARA
R E B A T E D NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two painted HDF boards with inserts made of
decorative aluminium strips
∙∙The core made of solid chipboard
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: adjustable type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ” - option available at extra charge - “100”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”;
“90”+“90”
36
n FRAMES
DUO
DUO fixed frame
DUO
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
DUO
DUO (DI) adjustable frame
DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame
Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
Door frames for white painted doors are covered with matching colour foil (difference in shades of
door leaves, door frames and edges is possible). Door frames in the colours of RAL and NCS palettes
are available on request - p. 141
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n TIARA DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Third hinge in the door leaf “60”-“80”) (not applicable
to DUO)
Size “100” (decoration as in “90”)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to
50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to
90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis)
Reinforcement for door closer
Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against
excessive humidity (all models except door leaves
with ventilation trim)
Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm*
Ventilation trim
W1
W2
W3
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium
system
see p. 104-107
Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation options
see p. 130-133
Handles
see p. 142-145
DUO non-rebated version
see p. 6-7
*in case of the pattern W5, the door is shortened up to 100 mm symmetrically from the top and from
the bottom
Decorative aluminium strips
W4
W5
W6
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door
Ending of decorative strips
n COLOURS
PAINTED
Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) –
available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units).
000
white
(NCS s0500-N)
colours of RAL and NCS
palettes (except the metallic
ones)
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible.
37
ASTRO
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two painted HDF boards with structured surface
inserts (patterns W1-W6 – horizontal structure pattern; patterns W7-W9 – vertical
structure pattern)
∙∙Patterns W1-W9 - the core is made of perforated chipboard
∙∙Patterns W7S-W9S, W7A-W9A - the core is made of a honeycomb-like stabilizing layer
∙∙Patterns W1S-W6S, W1A-W6A - the core is made of glued laminated wood
n GLAZING
n FRAMES
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
Door frames for white painted doors are covered
with matching colour foil (difference in shades of
door leaves, door frames and edges is possible).
Door frames in the colours of RAL and NCS
palettes are available on request - p. 141
∙∙Standard: patterns W1S-W6S - 6 mm thick tempered glass pattern ASTRO
∙∙Patterns W7S-W9S - 6 mm thick tempered glass, BIRAIN white (transparent/matt)
∙∙Patterns W1A-W9A - 6 mm thick tempered glass white matt
∙∙Patterns W7S-W9S, W7A-W9A - glazing dimensions independent from the door size
(+/-2 mm)
∙∙Glazing width: pattern W7S, W7A - 71 mm; pattern W8S, W8A - 210 mm; pattern W9S,
W9A - 280 mm
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
n CORES (standard according to the door leaf structure description)
Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Adjustable screwed-in pivot hinges (“70”-“80” – 2 units; “90” - 3 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “70+70”; ”70+80”; “70+90”; “80+80”; “80+90”; “90+90”
38
“Honeycomb”
Perforated
chipboard
Glued
laminated wood
Solid chipboard
(option only W1-W9)
n ASTRO DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size ”100” (glazing decoration as in ”90”)
Core made of solid chipboard (only patterns
W1-W9)
Third hinge in the door leaf ”70”-”80”
Additional rail set (only patterns W1-W9)
W1
W1S
W1A
W2
W2S
W2A
Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against
excessive humidity (not applicable to leaves with
ventilation trim and leaves with glazing)
Reinforcement for the overhead door closer (not
applicable to patterns W1S-W9S, W1A-W9A)
Ventilation trim (only patterns W1-W9)
Sliding system: in-wall version and on-wall version,
the Premium system (not applicable to the W7S,
W7A version)
Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation
options
W3S
W3A
W4
W4S
W4A
W5
W5S
W5A
W6
W6S
W6A
W7
W7S
W7A
W8
W8S
W8A
W9
W9S
W9A
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door
BIRAIN glass detail,
white (W7S, W8S, W9S)
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles
W3
see p. 104-107
ASTRO glass detail
(W1S–W6S)
Glass detail
white matt (W1A–W9A)
n COLOURS
PAINTED
Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) –
available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units).
000
white
(NCS s0500-N)
colours of RAL and NCS
palettes (except the
metallic ones)
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible.
39
VERTIGO
R E B A T E D NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
DUO
NEW
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set made of glued laminated wood topped with flush HDF panels,
all painted
n GLAZING
∙∙White matt 6 mm thick tempered glass
n STANDARD ACCESSORIES
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: door (complete set including door leaf with wooden or DIN door frame) –
adjustable screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) screw-in
pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 pcs; “90” – 3 pcs)
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome satin), key-operated (WK), for bathroom lock
(WC) spacing: 90 mm; for door lock cylinder (WB) spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” 2 pcs)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙Single leaf type: “60”, “70”, “80”, “90”
∙∙Double leaf type: 60+60”, “60+70”, “60+80”, “60+90”, “70+70”, “70+80”, “70+90”,
“80+80”, “80+90”, “90+90”
40
n FRAMES
DUO
DUO fixed frame
DUO
DUO (DI) adjustable frame
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
DUO
DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame
Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
Door frames for white painted doors are covered with matching colour foil (difference in shades of
door leaves, door frames and edges is possible). Door frames in the colours of RAL and NCS palettes
are available on request - p. 141
n VERTIGO DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”)
(not applicable to DUO)
Bottom rail and stile set protection against
excessive moisture impact not applicable to
door leaves with ventilation trim
Ventilation trim
W00
W0SD
W02
W02S1
W02S2
Maximum available door shortening: to
70 mm
Sliding system: in-wall and on-wall,
Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps,
ventilation options
W03S2
see p. 130-133
see p. 6-7
Duo non-rebated version
W03S1
see p. 104-107
see p. 142-145
Handles
W03
+10%
W03S3
Frame profile
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door
n COLOURS
PAINTED
Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at
extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units).
000
white
(NCS s0500-N)
colours of RAL and NCS
palettes (except the
metallic ones)
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible.
41
VERTIGO Lux
R E B A T E D NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
DUO
NEW
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙DUO rebated system or non-rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set made of glued laminated wood, rail and stile sets and panel
veneered with natural walnut veneer
n GLAZING
∙∙White matt 6 mm thick tempered glass
n STANDARD ACCESSORIES
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: door (complete set including door leaf with wooden or DIN door frame) –
adjustable screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) screw-in
pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 pcs; “90” – 3 pcs)
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome satin), key-operated (WK), for bathroom lock
(WC) - spacing: 90 mm; for door lock cylinder (WB) spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 pcs)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙Single leaf type: “60”, “70”, “80”, “90”
∙∙Double leaf type: “60+60”, “60+70”, “60+80”, “60+90”, “70+70”, “70+80”, “70+90”,
“80+80”, “80+90”, “90+90”
42
n FRAMES
DUO
DUO fixed frame
DUO
DUO (DI) adjustable frame
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
DUO
DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame
VERTIGO adjustable frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
Metal adjustable or fixed frame
n VERTIGO Lux (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”)
(not applicable to DUO)
Bottom rail and stile set protection against
excessive moisture impact - not applicable
to door leaves with ventilation trim
Ventilation trim
W00
W0SD
W02
W02S1
W02S2
Maximum available door shortening: to 70
mm
Dedicated Vertigo door frame (only the nonrebated system)
Sliding system: in-wall and on-wall,
Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps,
ventilation options
+10%
see p. 124
see p. 104-107
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles
see p. 6-7
Duo non-rebated version
Panel and architrave connection system
W03
W03S1
W03S2
W03S3
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for
single leaf rebated/non-rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for
double leaf rebated/non-rebated door
Frame profile
n COLOURS
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant
to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
VENEERED
collection I
collection III
312
334
limba
European oak
ebony
404
dark walnut
390
natural walnut
LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
RETRO – oak veneer
340
NEW
405
light walnut
421
cappucino
422
mokka
424
teak
Dedicated Vertigo door frame
(only the non-rebated system)
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
43
ASTRO Lux
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two HDF boards covered with natural oak veneer
with structured surface inserts (patterns W1-W6 – horizontal structure pattern; patterns
W7-W9 – vertical structure pattern)
∙∙Patterns W1-W9 - the core is made of perforated chipboard
∙∙Patterns W7S-W9S, W7A-W9A - the core is made of a honeycomb - like stabilizing layer
∙∙Patterns W1S-W6S, W1A-W6A - the core is made of glued laminated wood
n FRAMES
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
n GLAZING
∙∙Standard: patterns W1S-W6S - 6 mm thick tempered glass, pattern ASTRO
∙∙Patterns W7S-W9S - 6 mm thick tempered glass, BIRAIN white (transparent/matt)
∙∙Patterns W1A-W9A - 6 mm thick tempered glass, white matt
∙∙Patterns W7S-W9S, W7A-W9A - glazing dimensions independent from the door size (+/-2mm)
∙∙Glazing width: pattern W7S, W7A - 71mm; pattern W8S, W8A - 210 mm; pattern W9S, W9A - 280 mm
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Adjustable screwed-in pivot hinges (“70”-“80” – 2 units, “90” - 3 units)
Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame
Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n CORES (standard according to the door leaf structure description)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “70+70”; “70+80”; “70+90”; “80+80”; “80+90”; “90+90”
44
“Honeycomb”
Perforated
chipboard
Glued
laminated wood
Solid chipboard
(option only W1-W9)
n ASTRO Lux DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size ”100” (glazing decoration as in ”90”)
Core made of solid chipboard (only patterns
W1-W9)
Third hinge in the door leaf “70”-”80”
Additional rail set (only patterns W1-W9)
W1
W1S
W1A
W2
W2S
W2A
Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against
excessive humidity (not applicable to leaves with
ventilation trim and leaves with glazing)
Reinforcement for the overhead door closer
(not applicable to patterns W1S-W9S, W1A-W9A)
Ventilation trim (only patterns W1-W9)
Sliding system: in-wall version and on-wall version,
the Premium system (not applicable to the W7S,
W7A version)
Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation
options
W3S
W3A
W4
W4S
W4A
W5
W5S
W5A
W6
W6S
W6A
W7
W7S
W7A
W8
W8S
W8A
W9
W9S
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles
W3
see p. 104-107
W9A
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door
BIRAIN glass detail,
white (W7S, W8S, W9S)
ASTRO glass detail
(W1S–W6S)
Glass detail
white matt (W1A–W9A)
n COLOURS
VENEERED
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant
to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
collection III
RETRO - oak veneer
334
340
404
405
European oak
ebony
dark walnut
light walnut
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
45
deco Lux, Lux Soft, Lux Soft Vario
R E B A T E D NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards, covered with natural
veneer, the core made of honeycomb-like stabilizing layer
∙∙DECO Lux - profiled frame
∙∙DECO Lux Soft - semi-round frame
n GLAZING
∙∙The DECO Lux, DECO Lux Soft standard, ornamental (colourless kura ornamental
glazing) or clear transparent glass, 4 mm thick
∙∙The DECO Lux Soft Vario standard, ornamental (point-s) glass, 4 mm thick
∙∙For safety reasons, we recommend to use tempered, colourless kura glazing VERSION 03 SD
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: the RETRO, LIMBA, VII collection – adjustable screw-in pivot type; collection
I, II, III – screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) - screw-in
pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated (WK), for bathroom lock
(WC) - spacing: 90 mm; for door lock cylinder (WB) - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
46
n FRAMES
DUO
DUO
DUO fixed frame
DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
DUO
Duo (DI) adjustable frame
Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n CORES
“Honeycomb”
Perforated
chipboard
(option)
Solid chipboard
(option)
n Deco Lux, Deco Lux Soft DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size “100” (glazing decoration as in “90”)
Size “110” (glazing decoration as in “90”)
Core made of perforated chipboard
Core made of solid chipboard
00
02 SM
03 SD
Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf
(“60”, “70”, “80”) (not applicable to DUO)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf
to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf
to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis)
Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against
excessive humidity (all models except door leaves
with ventilation trim)
02 S6
COLOURS: collection I, II, III, VII, Retro – oak veneer, LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
n Deco Lux Soft Vario DOOR LEAVES (versions)
Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm
Reinforcement for door closer
Ventilation trim
Tempered glass (applies to 1 glass pane):
Version 03SD, 02S6, D01
Version BS, D03
Version C, 02SM
Varnished oak threshold for single leaf doors
BS1
BS2
BS3
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional
glazing, portholes, ventilation options
BS4
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles
COLOURS: collection I, II, III, VII, Retro – oak veneer, LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
see p. 104-107
see p. 6-7
DUO non-rebated version
SOUNDPROOF DOOR - see p. 98-101
C01
C02
C03
D01
D03
COLOURS: collection I, II, III, VII, Retro – oak veneer, LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
n COLOURS
n FRAME PROFILES
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant
to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
VENEERED
collection I
311
light oak
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable
door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable
door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door
collection II
312
323
Swiss pine
rustic oak
collection III
326
332
beech
maple
334
DECO Lux
European oak
collection VII
NEW
370
NEW
371
white-stained truffle oak
oak
NEW
372
coffee oak
RETRO – oak veneer
340
404
NEW
380
natural ash
NEW
381
moreno ash
NEW
382
rubio ash
NEW
383
negro ash
LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
405
421
422
DECO Lux Soft,
DECO Lux Soft Vario
424
ebony
dark walnut
light walnut
cappucino
mokka
teak
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
47
NOSTRE
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two HDF boards, covered with the LAMISTONE,
SILKSTONE surface
∙∙Decorative spatial moulding on the leaf surface
∙∙The core made of solid chipboard
n GLAZING
n FRAMES
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame
Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame
∙∙Standard: white matt, 4 mm thick
∙∙Version 0SD, 03SD, 01SD Tempered glass pane, white matt, 4 mm thick
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated, for cylinder or for bathroom lock
∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ” - option available at extra charge - “100“
(glass pane dimension as in “90”)
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”;
“70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
48
Fixed wooden frame
Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n NOSTRE DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Third hinge in the door leaf “60”-“80”
Maximum shortening of door up to 100 mm
(symmetrical shortening from the top side and from
the bottom side by 50 mm each)
Size “100” (decoration as in “90”)
Reinforcement for door closer
Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against
excessive humidity (all models except door leaves
with ventilation trim)
00
0SD
01
01SM
01SD
Ventilation trim
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium
system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation
options
02S1
02S3
03
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles
02
see p. 104-107
03SD
Frame profile
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or
adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or
adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door
04
04S1
04S3
n COLOURS
LAMISTONE
258
white
260
white oak
SILKSTONE
Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents.
CPL Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels,
offices.
263
premium
walnut
265
wenge
white matt
Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect.
276
279
284
288
294
295
296
297
Polish oak
Brazilian
nut tree
n GLAZING
Siberian oak
Royal maple
Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible.
49
SEMPRE
R E B A T E D NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards covered with the
LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE surface
∙∙Pattern W00, W04: panels with vertical wood grain
∙∙Pattern W02-W02A, W03-W03A: panels with horizontal wood grain
n GLAZING
n FRAMES
DUO
DUO fixed frame
DUO
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
DUO
∙∙Exchangeable: white matt, brown matt, graphite satin (see the glazing table for details)
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC
- spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
Duo (DI) adjustable frame
DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n SEMPRE GLAZING CHART
PATTERN /
GLASS TYPE
pattern 04 - 6 mm thick
pattern W01; W05 - tempered glass, 4 mm thick
pattern W02-W02A; W03-W03A - 4 mm thick
COLOURS
white matt
258, 260, 276, 284, 288, 294, 296
x
263, 265, 279, 292, 295, 297
293
50
Metal adjustable or fixed frame
brown matt
graphite satin
X
X
n SEMPRE DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size “100”
Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm
- Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom;
- Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened
(the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height)
Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”)
(not applicable to DUO)
W00
W01
W04
see p. 104107
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system
W05
Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation
options
see p. 130-133
Handles
see p. 142-145
see p. 6-7
Duo non-rebated version
W02P
W02
W02s1
W02s2
W02S3
W02s4
W02A
W03P
W03
W03s1
W03S2
W03S3
W03s4
W03A
Panel – horizontal wood grain
Cross rail – horizontal wood grain
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door
n COLOURS
LAMISTONE
258
white
260
white oak
SILKSTONE
276
Polish oak
279
Brazilian
nut tree
n DOOR CROSS SECTION
Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents.
CPL Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels,
offices.
263
premium
walnut
265
wenge
Wooden rail and stile set
topped with two flush
HDF boards covered with
the LAMISTONE CPL,
SILKSTONE surface finish
Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect.
284
Siberian oak
288
Royal maple
292
Royal chestnut
Sempre
version W02P-W02A, W03P-W03A
293
Royal
anthracite
294
295
296
297
Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible.
51
SEMPRE Alu
R E B A T E D NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards covered with
the LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE surface finish
∙∙Panels with horizontal wood grain; decorative aluminium strips
n GLAZING
∙∙Exchangeable: white matt, brown matt, graphite satin (see the glazing table)
n FRAMES
DUO
DUO fixed frame
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
DUO
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
DUO
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC
- spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
Duo (DI) adjustable frame
DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n SEMPRE Alu GLAZING CHART
PATTERN / GLASS TYPE
pattern W02-W02A; W03-W03A - 4 mm thick
COLOURS
white matt
258, 260, 276, 284, 288, 294, 296
x
263, 265, 279, 292, 295, 297
293
52
Metal adjustable or fixed frame
brown matt
graphite satin
X
X
n SEMPRE Alu DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size “100”
W02P
W02
Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm
- Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom;
- Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened
(the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height)
Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”)
(not applicable to DUO)
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
see p. 104-107
the Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation
see p. 130-133
options
W02s1
see p. 142-145
Handles
see p. 6-7
Duo non-rebated version
W02S2
W02S3
W02s4
W02A
Decorative aluminium strips
Panel – horizontal wood grain
Cross rail – horizontal wood grain
W03P
W03
W03s1
W03S2
W03S3
W03s4
W03A
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door
n COLOURS
LAMISTONE
258
white
260
white oak
SILKSTONE
276
Polish oak
279
Brazilian
nut tree
n DOOR CROSS SECTION
Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents.
CPL Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels,
offices.
263
premium
walnut
265
wenge
Wooden rail and stile set
topped with two flush
HDF boards covered with
the LAMISTONE CPL,
SILKSTONE surface finish
Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect.
284
Siberian oak
288
Royal maple
292
Royal chestnut
Sempre Alu
version W02P-W02A, W03P-W03A
293
Royal
anthracite
294
295
296
297
Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible.
53
SEMPRE Onda
R E B A T E D NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards, covered with
the SILKSTONE, LAMISTONE CPL surface finish, panels with textured surface
n GLAZING
∙∙Exchangeable: white matt, brown matt, graphite satin (see the glazing table)
∙∙VERSION W01, W02: tempered glass: white matt, brown matt
n FRAMES
DUO
DUO fixed frame
DUO
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
DUO
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC
- spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”, “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
Duo (DI) adjustable frame
DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame
Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n SEMPRE Onda GLAZING CHART
PATTERN
pattern W03, W04, W05, W07, W08
pattern W01, W02
GLASS TYPE
4 mm thick
4 mm thick tempered
COLOURS
white matt
258, 260, 276, 284,
288, 294, 296
x
brown matt
54
white matt
brown matt
graphite
Satin
x
293
263, 265, 279,
292, 295, 297
graphite
Satin
x
x
x
x
n SEMPRE Onda DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size “100”
Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm
- Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom;
- Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened
(the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height)
Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”)
(not applicable to DUO)
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
see p. 104-107
the Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation
see p. 130-133
options
see p. 142-145
Handles
see p. 6-7
Duo non-rebated version
W00
W01
W02
W03
Structured surface
W04
W05
W07
W08
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door
n COLOURS
LAMISTONE
n DOOR CROSS SECTION
Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents.
CPL Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels,
offices.
Textured panel
258
white
260
white oak
SILKSTONE
263
premium
walnut
265
wenge
Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect.
276
279
284
288
294
295
296
297
Polish oak
Brazilian
nut tree
Siberian oak
Royal maple
292
Wooden rail and stile set
topped with two flush HDF
boards covered with the
SILKSTONE, LAMISTONE CPL
surface finish
293
Royal chestnut Royal
anthracite
Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible.
55
SEMPRE Lux
R E B A T E D NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards covered with veneered
surface
∙∙Panels with horizontal wood grain
n GLAZING
∙∙Exchangeable: white matt, brown matt, graphite satin (see the glazing table)
n FRAMES
DUO
DUO
DUO fixed frame
DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
DUO
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable
screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type
(“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC
- spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
Duo (DI) adjustable frame
Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n SEMPRE Lux GLAZING CHART
PATTERN /
GLASS TYPE
pattern W02-W02A; W03-W03A - 4 mm thick
COLOURS
white matt
311, 312, 323, 334, 332,
370, 371, 380, 381, 382, 383, 611
X
brown matt
graphite satin
X
350
351, 352, 372, 404, 405, 421, 422, 424, 621
56
pattern W04 - 6 mm thick
pattern W01; W05 - tempered glass, 4 mm thick
X
n SEMPRE Lux DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size “100”
W00
W01
W04
Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm
- Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom;
- Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened
(the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height)
Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”)
(not applicable to DUO)
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
see p. 104-107
the Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation
see p. 130-133
options
W05
see p. 142-145
Handles
see p. 6-7
Duo non-rebated version
W02P
W02
W02s1
W02s2
W02S3
W02s4
W02A
Cross rail - horizontal wood grain,
panel - horizontal wood grain
Cross rail - horizontal wood grain,
panel - horizontal wood grain
W03P
W03
W03s1
W03s2
W03S3
W03s4
W03A
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door
n COLOURS
VENEERED
n DOOR CROSS SECTION
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant
to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
collection I
311
light oak
collection II
312
323
Swiss pine
rustic oak
collection III
332
maple
collection IV
334
350
European oak
collection VI
351
graphite
marrone
SAHARA A
621
KONGO A
RETRO – oak veneer
404
nero
collection VII
NEW
611
Wooden rail and stile set
topped with two flush HDF
boards with veneered surface
finish
352
405
370
NEW
371
NEW
372
white-stained truffle oak
coffee oak
oak
LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
421
422
NEW
380
natural ash
NEW
381
moreno ash
NEW
382
rubio ash
NEW
383
negro ash
Sempre Lux
version W02P-W02A, W03P-W03A
424
dark walnut
light walnut
cappucino
mokka
teak
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
57
SEMPRE Lux Alu
R E B A T E D NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards covered with veneered
surface
∙∙Panels with horizontal wood grain; decorative aluminium strips
n GLAZING
∙∙Exchangeable: white matt, brown matt, graphite satin (see the glazing table)
n FRAMES
DUO
DUO
DUO fixed frame
DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
DUO
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable
screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type
(“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC
- spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90
Duo (DI) adjustable frame
Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n SEMPRE Lux Alu GLAZING CHART
PATTERN / GLASS TYPE
white matt
311, 312, 323, 334, 332, 370, 371,
380, 381, 382, 383, 611
X
brown matt
graphite satin
X
350
351, 352, 372, 404, 405, 421, 422, 424, 621
58
pattern W02-W02A; W03-W03A - 4 mm thick
COLOURS
X
n SEMPRE Lux Alu DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size “100”
W02P
W02
Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm
- Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom;
- Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened
(the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height)
Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”)
(not applicable to DUO)
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
see p. 104-107
the Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation
see p. 130-133
options
W02s1
see p. 142-145
Handles
see p. 6-7
Duo non-rebated version
W02S2
W02S3
W03P
W03
W02s4
W02A
W03s1
W03S2
W03S3
W03s4
W03A
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door
n COLOURS
VENEERED
n DOOR CROSS SECTION
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant
to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
collection I
311
light oak
collection II
312
323
Swiss pine
rustic oak
collection III
332
maple
collection IV
334
350
European oak
collection VI
351
graphite
marrone
SAHARA A
621
KONGO A
RETRO – oak veneer
404
nero
collection VII
NEW
611
Wooden rail and stile set
topped with two flush HDF
boards with veneered surface
finish
352
405
370
NEW
371
NEW
372
white-stained truffle oak
coffee oak
oak
LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
421
422
NEW
380
natural ash
NEW
381
moreno ash
NEW
382
rubio ash
NEW
383
negro ash
Sempre Lux Alu
version W02P-W02A, W03P-W03A
424
dark walnut
light walnut
cappucino
mokka
teak
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
59
SEMPRE Inserto
R E B A T E D NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards, covered with veneered
surface, panels with textured surface
n FRAMES
DUO
DUO
n GLAZING
∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: European oak
∙∙Standard: brown matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: ebony, light walnut, dark
walnut
DUO fixed frame
DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
DUO
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable
screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type
(“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC
- spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
60
Duo (DI) adjustable frame
Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n SEMPRE Inserto DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size “100”
Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm
- Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom;
- Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened
(the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height)
Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”)
(not applicable to DUO)
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
see p. 104-107
the Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation
see p. 130-133
options
see p. 142-145
Handles
see p. 6-7
Duo non-rebated version
W01
W02
Veneered cross rail,
textured panel
W03
W04
Textured panel, glass pane
W05
Textured panel
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door
n COLOURS
n DOOR CROSS SECTION
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant
to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
VENEERED
Veneered cross rail
collection III
Textured panel
334
Wooden rail and stile set
topped with two flush HDF
boards with veneered surface
finish
European oak
RETRO – oak veneer
340
404
405
ebony
dark walnut
light walnut
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
61
SEMPRE Sense
R E B A T E D NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards covered with veneered
surface, panels with deep wood structure surface
n FRAMES
DUO
DUO
n GLAZING
∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: natural oak
∙∙Standard: brown matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: medium walnut, black walnut
∙∙Standard: graphite satin glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: Sense graphite
DUO fixed frame
DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
DUO
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable
screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type
(“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC
- spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
62
Duo (DI) adjustable frame
Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n SEMPRE Sense DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size “100”
Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm
- Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom;
- Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened
(the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height)
Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”)
(not applicable to DUO)
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
see p. 104-107
the Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation
see p. 130-133
options
see p. 142-145
Handles
W01
W02
W03
W04
see p. 6-7
Duo non-rebated version
Panels with deep wood texture
W05
W06
W07
W08
Panels with deep wood texture
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door
n COLOURS
n DOOR CROSS SECTION
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant
to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
VENEERED
Veneered cross rail
collection IV
Panel with deep wood
structure surface
353
Sense graphite
Wooden rail and stile set
topped with two flush HDF
boards with veneered surface
finish
collection V
431
432
433
natural oak
medium walnut
black walnut
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
63
SEMPRE Gravi
R E B A T E D NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
DUO
NEW
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards, covered with veneered
surface, cross rails and panel - surface veneered with natural 3D effect oak veneer
n FRAMES
DUO
n GLAZING
∙∙Standard: white matt 4 mm thick glass in the colour of: European oak
∙∙Standard: brown matt 4 mm thick glass in the colour of: ebony, bright walnut, dark
walnut
DUO fixed frame
DUO
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
DUO
n STANDARD ACCESSORIES
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: door (complete set including door leaf with wooden or DIN door frame) –
adjustable screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) - screw-in
pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 pcs; “90” – 3 pcs)
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated (WK), for bathroom lock
(WC) - spacing: 90 mm; for door lock cylinder (WB) - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 pcs)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙Single leaf type: “60”,“70”, “80”, “90”
∙∙Double leaf type: “60+60”, “60+70”, “60+80”, “60+90”, “70+70”, “70+80”, “70+90”,
“80+80”, “80+90”, “90+90”
64
DUO (DI) adjustable frame
DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
Metal adjustable or fixed frame
n SEMPRE Gravi DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size “100”
+20%
Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm
- Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the
bottom;
+20%
- Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened
(the upper and the lower element of the door has a
non-standard height)
Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”)
(not applicable to DUO)
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
see p. 104-107
the Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation options see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles
see p. 6-7
Duo non-rebated version
n GLAZING
W01
W02
W03
white matt
W04
W05
brown matt
W06
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for
single leaf rebated/non-rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for
double leaf rebated/non-rebated door
SEMPRE GRAVI
surface texture
n COLOURS
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant
to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
VENEERED
collection III
334
European oak
RETRO – oak veneer
340
404
405
ebony
dark walnut
light walnut
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
65
SEMPRE Verse
R E B A T E D NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards covered with veneered surface or
the LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE surface
n FRAMES
DUO
DUO
n GLAZING
∙∙Exchangeable: Decormat white tempered glass, Decormat brown, graphite satin (only
patterns W01-W04, see the glazing table)
∙∙Exchangeable - tempered glass: white, brown (only patterns W06, W08), white (only
patterns W07)
∙∙Exchangeable - tempered glass: white matt, brown matt, graphite satin (only pattern W05)
∙∙Exchangeable - tempered glass: white pane (only pattern W01-W04)
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: door in the colours of RETRO/ LIMBA/ collection IV (a complete set including: a
door leaf and a wooden or a DIN frame - adjustable screw-in pivot type; veneered doors:
collection I, II, III, LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE (a complete set including: a door leaf
and a wooden or a DIN frame - screw-in pivot type; leaves (for standard metal frames) screw-in pivot type (“70”, “80”- 2 units, “90”- 3 units)
∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC
- spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
66
DUO fixed frame
DIN DUO (ZD) adjustable frame
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame
Fixed wooden frame
DUO
Duo (DI) adjustable frame
Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n SEMPRE Verse GLAZING CHART
PATTERN /
GLASS TYPE
COLOURS
pattern W01,W02,W03,W04 - pattern W05 - tempered glass,
tempered glass, 4mm thick
6mm thick
Decormat Decormat graphite
white matt
white
brown
satin
brown
matt
graphite
satin
258, 260, 276, 284, 288, 294, 296, 311, 312,
x
x
323, 334, 370, 371, 380, 381, 382, 383, 611
263, 265, 279, 292, 295, 297,
X
X
351, 352, 372, 404, 405, 421, 422, 424, 621
293, 350
X
X
Note! The DECORMAT white glass and DECORMAT brown glass look differently from white matt glass and brown
matt glass.
n SEMPRE Verse DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size “100”
Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm (not applicable to
W05-W08)
- Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom;
- Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened
(the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height)
Third hinge in the door leaf (“70”, “80”)
(not applicable to DUO)
Ventilation trim (applicable to W05)
W03P
W01
W02
W03
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation
options
W04
see p. 104-107
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles
see p. 6-7
Duo non-rebated version
Pattern W05-W08 availability of a leaf with
a non-standard height: 1970 mm
n GLAZING – white, brown
W05
W06
W07
W01
Decormat white, Decormat
brown, graphite satin
W08
W05
white matt, brown
matt, graphite satin
W02-W04
Decormat white, Decormat
brown, graphite satin
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door
W06 - BIRAIN white
W07 - BLUR
W08 - staccatto
Versions W08, white / brown; W06, W07 white
See the glazing specification - p. 131
n COLOURS
CPL Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents.
LAMISTONE
258
Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels,
offices.
260
white
white oak
263
premium
walnut
n DOOR CROSS SECTION
265
wenge
Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect.
SILKSTONE
276
279
284
288
292
293
294
295
296
297
Polish oak
Royal
anthracite
Brazilian
nut tree
Siberian oak
Rail and stile set made of
glued laminated wood,
topped with two flush HDF
boards with veneered surface
finish or the
LAMISTONE CPL,
SILKSTONE
surface finish
Royal chestnut
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant
to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
collection I
light oak
Royal maple
Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat
VENEERED
311
312
Swiss pine
collection II
collection III
collection IV
323
334
350
rustic oak
European oak
graphite
collection VI
351
marrone
collection VII
NEW
370
Note! The DECORMAT white glass and DECORMAT brown glass look differently
from white matt glass and brown matt glass.
NEW
371
NEW
372
NEW
380
NEW
381
NEW
382
611
352
SAHARA A
nero
SEMPRE Verse
version W03P, W01, W02, W03, W04
621
KONGO A
RETRO – oak veneer
LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
404
421
NEW
383
405
dark walnut
light walnut
white-stained truffle oak
coffee oak
natural ash
moreno ash rubio ash
negro ash
oak
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible.
cappucino
422
mokka
424
teak
67
SAHARA, KONGO
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system
∙∙VERSION A, B, C: a wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards covered
with natural veneer in the colours of: white oak, wenge, the core made of perforated
chipboard
∙∙VERSION D: rail and stile set made of laminated pine wood with milled MDF panel;
veneered rails, stiles and panels
n GLAZING
n FRAMES
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
∙∙Ornamental glass (point-s), 4 mm thick
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable
screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type
(“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
n CORES (version A, B, C)
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
68
Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
Perforated
chipboard
Solid chipboard
(option)
n SAHARA, KONGO DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen
door leaf model
SAHARA
Core made of solid chipboard
(version A, B, C)
Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”)
Rail and stile set (it allows
shortening the door leaf to 50 mm
on a do-it-yourself basis)
(version A, B, C)
Rail and stile set (it allows
shortening the door leaf to 90 mm
on a do-it-yourself basis)
(version A, B, C)
Bottom rail and stile set protection
against excessive moisture impact
(not applicable to door leaves with
ventilation trim)
Available door shortening:
up to 70 mm (version D)
Available door shortening:
up to 100 mm (version A, B, C)
Reinforcement for door closer
(version A, B, C)
KONGO
A
B
C
D S0
D S1
D S2
D S3
D S4
Ventilation trim
Varnished oak threshold for
a single leaf door
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall
see p. 104-107
system, the Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps,
optional glazing, portholes (version see p. 130-133
A, B, C), ventilation options
see p. 142-145
Handles
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door
collection VI
SOUNDPROOF DOOR - see p. 98-101
(only versions A, B, C)
n DOOR CROSS SECTION
VERSION D
VERSION A SAHARA 611
MDF panel covered
with natural veneer
VERSION A KONGO 621
Pine wood door frame
covered with natural veneer
VERSION B SAHARA 612
VERSION B KONGO 622
Wooden rail and stile set
topped with two HDF boards
covered with natural veneer
VERSION C, D SAHARA 613
VERSION C, D KONGO 623
The ETIUDA Lux model is available in the above specified colours (veneer with horizontal wood grain) - see p. 22
VENEERED
WITH MILLED PANEL
(VERSION D)
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
69
QUATTRO Soft
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system
∙∙Rail and stile set made of laminated wood, milled panel - veneered rails, stiles and
panels
n FRAMES
n GLAZING
∙∙Standard: natural veneers, collection I, II, III – ornamental (point-s) glass, 4 mm thick;
∙∙RETRO, LIMBA – ornamental glass (colourless kura ornamental glazing), 4 mm thick
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable
screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type
(“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
70
Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame
Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n QUATTRO Soft DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size “100”
Size “110”
Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf
(“60”, “70”, “80”)
Bottom rail and stile set protection against
excessive moisture impact (not applicable to door
leaves with ventilation trim)
Maximum available door shortening: to 70 mm
Ventilation trim
Varnished oak threshold for a single leaf door
00
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional
glazing, ventilation options
S1
see p. 104-107
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles
S2
S3
S4
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable
door frame for single leaf rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable
door frame for double leaf rebated door
n DOOR CROSS SECTION
n COLOURS
VENEERED
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant
to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
collection I
311
light oak
Pine wood door frame
covered with natural veneer
collection II
312
326
Swiss pine
beech
323
rustic oak
Wooden rail and stile set
topped with two HDF boards
covered with natural veneer
collection III
332
maple
334
European oak
RETRO – oak veneer
340
MDF panel covered
with natural veneer
404
LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
405
421
422
ebony
dark walnut
light walnut
cappucino
mokka
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural.
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
424
teak
71
INTERSOLID, INTERSOLID Soft
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system
∙∙Rail and stile set made of laminated wood, milled panel - veneered rails, stiles and
panels
n FRAMES
n GLAZING
∙∙Standard: natural veneers, collection I, II, III – ornamental glass (colourless kura
ornamental glazing) or clear (transparent) glass, 4 mm thick; RETRO, LIMBA –
ornamental glass (colourless kura ornamental glazing), 4 mm thick
∙∙The POL-SKONE System wooden muntin bars
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable
screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type
(“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame
Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
The INTERSOLID Soft frame profile
72
n INTERSOLID, INTERSOLID Soft DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size “100”
Size “110”
Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf
(“60”, “70”, “80”)
Bottom rail and stile set protection against
excessive moisture impact (not applicable to door
leaves with ventilation trim)
01
01 S6
02
02 S6
03
Maximum available door shortening: to 70 mm
03 S6
Ventilation trim
Varnished oak threshold for a single leaf door
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional
glazing, portholes, ventilation options
see p. 104-107
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable
door frame for single leaf rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable
door frame for double leaf rebated door
04
04 S8
05
05 S8
06
The INTERSOLID frame profile
06 S8
The INTERSOLID Soft frame profile
n PORTHOLES (available for flush doors)
Colours: stainless steel (matt) - lacomat glass
BMD PORTHOLE
07
07 S10
08
08 S10
09
09 S10
View from the hinge side
Ø 240, 320, 350, 400 mm
n COLOURS
VENEERED
n DOOR CROSS SECTIONS
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish.
It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes,
including those laid in multiple layers.
collection I
311
light oak
collection II
312
326
Swiss pine
beech
maple
ebony
MDF panel
covered
with natural veneer
323
rustic oak
Wooden rail and stile set
topped with two HDF boards
covered
with natural veneer
334
European oak
RETRO – oak veneer
340
INTERSOLID Soft
Pine wood door frame
covered
with natural veneer
collection III
332
INTERSOLID
404
dark walnut
LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
405
light walnut
421
cappucino
422
mokka
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural.
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
424
teak
73
INTERSOLID II
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system
∙∙Rail and stile set made of laminated wood, milled panel - veneered rails, stiles and
panels
n FRAMES
n GLAZING
∙∙Standard: natural veneers, collection I, II, III – ornamental glass (colourless kura
ornamental glazing) or clear (transparent) glass, 4 mm thick; RETRO, LIMBA –
ornamental glass (colourless kura ornamental glazing), 4 mm thick
∙∙The POL-SKONE System wooden muntin bars
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable
screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type
(“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
74
Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame
Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n INTERSOLID II DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Size “100”
Size “110”
Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf
(“60”, “70”, “80”)
Bottom rail and stile set protection against
excessive moisture impact (not applicable to door
leaves with ventilation trim)
Maximum available door shortening: to 70 mm
01
01 S6
02
02 S6
03
03 S6
Ventilation trim
Varnished oak threshold for a single leaf door
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional glazing,
portholes (not applicable to versions 10, 11),
ventilation options
04 S8
05
05 S8
06
06 S8
07
07 S10
08
08 S10
09
09 S10
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door
n COLOURS
VENEERED
light oak
maple
312
326
Swiss pine
beech
ebony
10 S6*
11*
11 S8*
*available with the width “80” and “90”
n PORTHOLES (adaptable for flush doors except for pattern 10, 11)
Colours: stainless steel (matt) - lacomat glass
BMD PORTHOLE
323
rustic oak
View from the hinge side
Ø 240, 320, 350, 400 mm
n DOOR CROSS SECTION
MDF panel covered
with natural veneer
334
European oak
Pine wood door frame
covered with natural veneer
RETRO – oak veneer
340
10*
collection II
collection III
332
The INTERSOLID II frame profile
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant
to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
collection I
311
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles
04
see p. 104-107
404
dark walnut
LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
405
light walnut
421
cappucino
422
mokka
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural.
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
424
Wooden rail and stile set
topped with two HDF boards
covered with natural veneer
teak
75
VITTORIA-W
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two HDF boards covered with natural veneer,
the core made of honeycomb-like stabilizing layer
n FRAMES
n GLAZING
∙∙Standard: natural veneers, collection I, II, III – ornamental glass (colourless kura
ornamental glazing) or clear (transparent) glass, 4 mm thick; RETRO, LIMBA –
ornamental glass (colourless kura ornamental glazing), 4 mm thick
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated, for cylinder or bathroom lock
∙∙Hinges: the RETRO, LIMBA doors (the complete set includes door leaf and wooden or
DIN door frame) - adjustable screw-in pivot type; veneered door, collection I, II, III
(the complete set includes door leaf and wooden or DIN door frame) – screw-in pivot
type; door leaves for standard metal frames – screw-in pivot (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units,
“90” – 3 units)
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
n CORES
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
76
Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame
“Honeycomb”
Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
Perforated
chipboard
(option)
Solid chipboard
(option)
n VITTORIA-W DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Core made of perforated chipboard
Core made of solid chipboard
Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf
(“60”, “70”, “80”)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf
to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf
to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis)
Reinforcement for door closer
Bottom rail and stile set protection against
excessive moisture impact (not applicable to door
leaves with ventilation trim)
Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm
Ventilation trim
Varnished oak threshold for a single leaf door
00
01S6*
01S10*
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system
see p. 104-106
Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional
glazing, ventilation options
see p. 130-133
Handles
see p. 142-145
*not applicable to “60”
SOUNDPROOF DOOR - see p. 98-101
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door
The VITTORIA-W
decoration strip profile
The VITTORIA-W
frame profile
n COLOURS
VENEERED
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant
to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
collection I
311
light oak
collection II
312
326
Swiss pine
beech
323
rustic oak
collection III
332
maple
334
European oak
RETRO – oak veneer
340
404
LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
405
421
422
ebony
dark walnut
light walnut
cappucino
mokka
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural.
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
424
teak
77
VENA, GRAND Lux, MILENIUM Lux
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two HDF boards covered with natural veneer,
the core made of honeycomb-like stabilizing layer
n FRAMES
n GLAZING
∙∙Standard: natural veneers, collection I, II, III – ornamental glass (colourless kura
ornamental glazing) or clear (transparent) glass, 4 mm thick; RETRO, LIMBA –
ornamental glass (colourless kura ornamental glazing), 4 mm thick
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated, for cylinder or bathroom lock
∙∙Hinges: the RETRO, LIMBA doors (the complete set includes door leaf and wooden or
DIN door frame) - adjustable screw-in pivot type; veneered door, collection I, II, III (the
complete set includes door leaf and wooden or DIN door frame) – screw-in pivot type;
door leaves for standard metal frames – screw-in pivot (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units, “90”
– 3 units)
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
n CORES
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
78
Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame
“Honeycomb”
Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
Perforated
chipboard
(option)
Solid chipboard
(option)
n VENA DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Core made of perforated chipboard
Core made of solid chipboard
Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf
(“60”, “70”, “80”)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf
to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf
to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis)
Reinforcement for door closer
00
01SM
01SD
01S6
01S10
Bottom rail and stile set protection against
excessive moisture impact (not applicable to door
leaves with ventilation trim)
Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm
Ventilation trim
Varnished oak threshold for a single leaf door
n GRAND Lux DOOR LEAVES (versions)
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system
see p. 104-106
Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional
glazing, ventilation options, portholes
see p. 130-133
Handles
see p. 142-145
SOUNDPROOF DOOR - see p. 98-101
00
02SM
02SD
02S6
02S10
n MILENIUM Lux DOOR LEAVES (versions)
The MILENIUM Lux
decoration strip profile
The GRAND Lux frame profile
00
The VENA frame profile
n COLOURS
VENEERED
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant
to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
collection I
311
light oak
collection II
312
326
Swiss pine
beech
RETRO – oak veneer
340
ebony
404
dark walnut
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable
door frame for single leaf rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable
door frame for double leaf rebated door
collection III
332
323
334
maple
rustic oak
European oak
LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
405
light walnut
421
cappucino
422
mokka
424
teak
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
79
ARGENT
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system
∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards covered with natural veneer
in the colours of: white oak, wenge, the core made of perforated chipboard
∙∙Decorative aluminium strips
n FRAMES
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable
screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type
(“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units)
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n CORES
Perforated
chipboard
80
Solid chipboard
(option)
n ARGENT DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Core made of solid chipboard
Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf
to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis)
Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf
to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis)
Bottom rail and stile set protection against
excessive moisture impact (not applicable to door
leaves with ventilation trim)
Maximum available door shortening to 100 mm
(the door leaf is shortened from its bottom edge)
Reinforcement for door closer
W01
W02
Ventilation trim
W03
Varnished oak threshold for a single leaf door
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system
auxiliary accessories: hinge caps, ventilation
options
see p. 104-107
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles
SOUNDPROOF DOOR - see p. 98-101
W07
W08
W09
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door
n COLOURS
COLLECTION VI
VENEER IN THE COLOUR OF KONGO
622
612
623
613
VENEER IN THE COLOUR OF SAHARA
The ETIUDA Lux model is available in the above specified colours (veneer with horizontal wood grain) - see p. 22
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible.
81
NOBLE I / NOBLE II
NON-REBATED NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
NOBLE DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Non-rebated system (NOBLE) or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Rail and stile set made of laminated wood, covered with natural oak veneer, textured
panel, decorative aluminium coupler (NOBLE I)
n FRAMES
NOBLE
NOBLE
DUO
DUO
n GLAZING
∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: European oak
∙∙Standard: brown matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: ebony, light walnut, dark
walnut
∙∙For safety reasons, we recommend to use tempered glass – version W04 (NOBLE I)
NOBLE (NB) adjustable frame
Non-rebated fixed wooden frame DUO fixed frame
Duo (DI) adjustable frame
DUO
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
NOBLE NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC
- spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Non-rebated hinges (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
DUO NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
NOBLE
DUO
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
Non-rebated hinge
82
Non-rebated adjustable hidden hinge
n NOBLE I DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Maximum available shortening of door and door
frame: up to 60 mm (a set including only a shorter
door leaf and the standard door frame is not
available due to the way in which the lower hinge
is fitted)
Ventilation trim
Tempered glass (price of 1 glass pane):
white matt, brown matt (NOBLE I)
W01
W02
W03
white matt, brown matt (extra charge added to the
door leaf price) (applicable to versions W04, W09)
(NOBLE II)
white matt, brown matt (extra charge for 1 glass pane)
– applicable to other glazed versions (NOBLE II)
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system
W04
n NOBLE II DOOR LEAVES (versions)
see p. 104-107
Additional accessories: ventilation options
see p. 130-133
Handles
see p. 142-145
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of the NOBLE nonrebated door frame or price of the DUO non-rebated door frame for single
leaf door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of the NOBLE
non-rebated door frame or price of the DUO non-rebated door frame for
double leaf door
W01
W02
W03
W04
W05
NOBLE
W06
W07
W08
W09
Non-rebated lower hinge
n COLOURS
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant
to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
VENEERED
collection III
334
Textured panel
European oak
RETRO – oak veneer
340
404
405
ebony
dark walnut
light walnut
Magnetic mortise lock
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible.
83
PASSO / PASSO Alto
NON-REBATED NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
FIESTA DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Non-rebated system (FIESTA) or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Rail and stile set made of laminated wood, topped with two flush HDF boards covered
with natural veneer or with the LAMISTONE CPL surface finish
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
n GLAZING
PASSO
∙∙VERSION W02, W03, W04, W05: white matt glass, 4 mm thick in the colours of: white,
Swiss pine, maple, European oak, white oak; brown matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours
of: ebony, light walnut, dark walnut, cappuccino, mocha, teak, premium walnut, wenge
∙∙VERSION W06, W07: white pane tempered glass, 4 mm thick in the colours of: white, Swiss
pine, maple, European oak, white oak; Decormat brown tempered glass, 4 mm thick, in the
colours of: ebony, light walnut, dark walnut, cappuccino, mocha, teak, premium walnut, wenge
PASSO Alto
∙∙VERSION W02, W03, W04, W05, W06: white matt glass, 4 mm thick in the colours of:
white, Swiss pine, maple, European oak, white oak; brown matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the
colours of: ebony, light walnut, dark walnut, cappuccino, mocha, teak, premium walnut,
wenge
∙∙VERSION W07, W08, W09: white pane tempered glass, 4 mm thick in the colours of:
white, Swiss pine, maple, European oak, white oak; Decormat brown tempered glass, 4
mm thick, in the colours of: ebony, light walnut, dark walnut, cappuccino, mocha, teak,
premium walnut, wenge
n FRAMES
FIESTA
FIESTA
DUO
DUO
FIESTA (FB) adjustable
frame
Non-rebated
fixed wooden frame
DUO fixed frame
Duo (DI) adjustable frame
DUO
DIN DUO (ZD) adjustable
frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
FIESTA
DUO
Non-rebated hinge
Non-rebated adjustable hidden hinge
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
FIESTA NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC
- spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Non-rebated hinges (“70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
DUO NON-REBATED SYSTEM
PASSO
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (“70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
PASSO Alto
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (“70”, “80”, “90” - 3 units)
84
n PASSO DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Maximum available shortening of the door and the door frame: up to
60 mm (a set including only a shorter door leaf and the standard door
frame is not available due to the way in which the lower hinge is fitted)
- Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom;
- Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened
(the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height)
Ventilation trim
W01
W02
W03
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system
see p. 104-107
Additional accessories: ventilation options
see p. 130-133
Handles on a split plate
see p. 142-145
see p. 6-7
Duo non-rebated version
W04
W05
W06
n PASSO Alto DOOR LEAVES (versions)
W07
THE STANDARD IS HIGHER BY 20 CM
Magnetic lock
W01
W02
W03
W04
Wide panels
W05
W06
W07
W08
W09
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of the FIESTA adjustable
non-rebated door frame or price of the DUO
non-rebated door frame for single leaf door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of the FIESTA
adjustable non-rebated door frame or price of the DUO
non-rebated door frame for double leaf door
Note! The DECORMAT white glass and DECORMAT brown glass look differently
from white matt glass and brown matt glass.
Surface finish with coating which provides protection from
wear and impact of chemical agents. Recommended for public
utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions,
e.g. in hotels, offices.
258
white
260
white oak
263
premium
walnut
RETRO – oak veneer
340
ebony
404
dark walnut
265
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with
environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more
resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes,
including those laid in multiple layers.
collection I
collection III
312
wenge
Swiss pine
332
maple
334
PASSO Alto
VENEERED**
CPL
PASSO
LAMISTONE*
200 mm
n COLOURS
European oak
LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
405
light walnut
421
cappucino
422
mokka
424
teak
*Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible.**The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural.
The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
85
CALYPSO
NON-REBATED NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
FIESTA DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Non-rebated system (FIESTA) or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Rail and stile set made of laminated wood, covered with natural oak veneer, panel with
deep wood texture
n FRAMES
FIESTA
FIESTA
DUO
DUO
FIESTA (FB) adjustable
frame
Non-rebated
fixed wooden frame
DUO fixed frame
Duo (DI) adjustable frame
DUO
n GLAZING
∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: natural oak; brown matt glass,
4 mm thick, in the colours of: medium walnut, black walnut
DIN DUO (ZD) adjustable
frame
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
FIESTA NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC
- spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Non-rebated hinges (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
DUO NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
FIESTA
DUO
Non-rebated hinge
Non-rebated adjustable hidden hinge
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
86
n CALYPSO DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Maximum available shortening of the door and the door frame: up to
60 mm (a set including only a shorter door leaf and the standard door
frame is not available due to the way in which the lower hinge is fitted)
- Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom;
- Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened
(the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height)
Ventilation trim
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system
see p. 104-107
Additional accessories: ventilation options
see p. 130-133
Handles on a split plate
see p. 142-145
see p. 6-7
Duo non-rebated version
W01
W02
W03
W04
W05
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of the FIESTA adjustable non-rebated door frame or price of the DUO
non-rebated door frame for single leaf door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of the FIESTA adjustable non-rebated door frame or price of the DUO
non-rebated door frame for double leaf door
Magnetic lock
n COLOURS
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant
to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
VENEERED
collection V
431
432
433
natural oak
medium walnut
black walnut
Wide architraves
Panels with deep wood texture
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural.
The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
87
SABIA
NON-REBATED NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
FIESTA DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Non-rebated system (FIESTA) or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Rail and stile set made of laminated wood, covered with natural oak veneer, panel with
deep wood texture
n FRAMES
FIESTA
FIESTA
DUO
DUO
FIESTA (FB) adjustable
frame
Non-rebated
fixed wooden frame
DUO fixed frame
Duo (DI) adjustable frame
DUO
n GLAZING
∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: natural oak; brown matt glass,
4 mm thick, in the colours of: medium walnut, black walnut
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
FIESTA NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC
- spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Non-rebated hinges (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
DUO NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
DIN Duo (ZD)
adjustable frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
FIESTA
DUO
Non-rebated hinge
Non-rebated adjustable hidden hinge
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
88
n SABIA DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Maximum available shortening of the door and the door frame: up to
60 mm (a set including only a shorter door leaf and the standard door
frame is not available due to the way in which the lower hinge is fitted)
- Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom;
- Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened
(the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height)
Ventilation trim
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system
see p. 104-107
Additional accessories: ventilation options
see p. 130-133
Handles on a split plate
see p. 142-145
see p. 6-7
Duo non-rebated version
W01
W02
W03
Deep wood texture
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of the FIESTA adjustable non-rebated door frame or price of the DUO
non-rebated door frame for single leaf door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of the FIESTA adjustable non-rebated door frame or price of the DUO
non-rebated door frame for double leaf door
Magnetic lock
n COLOURS
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant
to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
VENEERED
collection V
431
432
433
natural oak
medium walnut
black walnut
Wide architraves
Panels with deep wood texture
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural.
The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
89
FORM
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system
∙∙Rail and stile set made of laminated oak wood, the panel covered with natural oak veneer
n FRAMES
n GLAZING
∙∙Standard: safe matt glass, 6 mm thick, the POLSKONE System oak muntin bars
∙∙Porthole: LAKOMAT glass, 4 mm thick
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame
∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for
bathroom lock (WC)
∙∙Hinges: door (complete set incl. door leaf with wooden and DIN door frame) - adjustable
screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) - screw-in pivot type
(“60”, “70”, “80” - 2 units, “90” - 3 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
90
Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame
Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
n FORM DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”)
Bottom rail and stile set protection against
excessive moisture impact (not applicable to door
leaves with ventilation trim)
Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm
Ventilation trim
Varnished oak threshold for a single leaf door
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system,
the Premium system
Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional
glazing, ventilation options
see p. 104-107
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
Handles
FM 00
FM MB
FM DB
FM BB
The FORM frame profile
n PORTHOLES (adaptable for flush doors)
Colours: stainless steel (matt) - lacomat glass
BMD PORT HOLE
FM 1D
FM S3
FM S4
pattern
porthole
FM MB
Ø 240 mm
Ø 320 mm
Ø 350 mm
FM DB
FM BB
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door
n COLOURS
View from the hinge side
Ø 240, 320, 350
Ø 400 mm*
*after consultation
with the Sales Department
n DOOR CROSS SECTION
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant
to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
VENEERED
Panel covered
with natural oak veneer
collection III
Wooden
door frame
covered
with natural oak veneer
334
European oak
RETRO – oak veneer
340
404
405
ebony
dark walnut
light walnut
Oak rail
and stile set covered
with natural oak veneer
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural.
The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
91
L-PROJEKT
NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Rail and stile set made of laminated wood, topped with two flush HDF boards, covered
with HPL laminated surface
∙∙Core: perforated chipboard (S0), solid chipboard (S1-S6); door leaf edge protected with
aluminium strip (colour: brushed anode) or natural oak veneer strip
n FRAMES
DUO
Covered with CPL laminate, 0.15 mm, in the colour of grey 222,
anthracite CPL 821 or natural oak 334 veneer
DUO
n GLAZING
∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick
∙∙Aluminium edge
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
DUO NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC
- spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (“80”-2 units and “90”-3 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “80”; “90”
∙∙Double leaf door (leaf edges are finished with natural oak veneer, flush connection of the
door leaves): “80”+”40”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“40”; “90”+“90”
∙∙Option: an additional flush “40” segment (the full leaf price) – quantity of hinges:
2 or 3 units (as in the main leaf)
Duo (FP) adjustable frame
Duo fixed frame
To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127.
DUO
∙∙CPL grey laminate (222), CPL anthracite
(821) - door leaf edge protected with
aluminium strip
∙∙natural oak veneer (334) - door leaf edge
protected with natural oak veneer strip
Non-rebated adjustable hidden hinge
92
n L-PROJEKT DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL
EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of
a chosen door leaf model
Maximum available door
shortening: to 60 mm
Bottom rail and stile
set protection against
excessive moisture impact
(not applicable to door
leaves with ventilation
trim)
Sliding in-wall system,
sliding on-wall system
Additional accessories:
ventilation options
Handles on a split plate
S0
S1
S2
see p. 104-106
see p. 130-133
see p. 142-145
S3
S4
S5
S6
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: price of door leaf basic version + extra charge according to the colour table + price of the DUO adjustable door frame for single
leaf door
Price of double leaf door: 2 x (price of door leaf in basic version + extra charge according to the colour table) + price of the DUO adjustable door frame for
double leaf door
n BASIC COLOURS
NEW
CPL laminate 0.2
basic version
222
grey
821
anthracite
K1238
F7912
F7927
F2253
0901PI
0901-WG
9417-WG
4447-6
L-P 5S
L-P 14
L-P 7S
L-P 17
L-P 8S
L-P 18
L-P 9S
L-P 21
Height GLOSS
n OPTIONAL COLOURS
K1238 AR+
L-P 5G
0901-HW
L-P 9G
9417-HW
L-P 20G
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible.
93
VERTO
NON-REBATED NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
FIESTA DUO
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Non-rebated system (FIESTA) or the DUO non-rebated system
∙∙Rail and stile set made of laminated wood, covered with natural veneer or with
the LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE surface
n GLAZING
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Ventilation trim (only I, VI glass panels)
Additional decorative component for VERTO leaves – 2 strips in the colour
of aluminium on each side, fitted on the stile along glazing
∙∙Tempered glass in the colour of white or brown, 6 mm thick
∙∙Clear side from the hinge side (ornament on the side opposite to the hinge side)
Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system
see p. 104-107
Additional accessories: handles on a split plate
see p. 142-145
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
Duo non-rebated version
FIESTA NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC
- spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm
∙∙Non-rebated hinges (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
DUO NON-REBATED SYSTEM
∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”;
“70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90”
94
see p. 6-7
n FRAMES
FIESTA
FIESTA
DUO
DUO
FIESTA (FB) adjustable
frame
Non-rebated
fixed wooden frame
DUO fixed frame
Duo (DI) adjustable frame
DUO
DIN DUO (ZD)
adjustable frame
FIESTA
DUO
Non-rebated hinge
Non-rebated adjustable hidden hinge
n VERTO DOOR LEAVES (versions)
Special aluminium component
in the sliding system
Sliding system
I
VI
XX
Ventilation trim
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of the FIESTA adjustable non-rebated door frame or price of the DUO non-rebated door frame for single leaf door
Price of double leaf door:
2 x door leaf price + price of the FIESTA adjustable non-rebated door frame or price of the DUO non-rebated door frame for double leaf door
n SZKLENIE
0102
GLASS PANEL I
0102
GLASS PANEL VI
Satin
XX
COLOURLESS
n COLOURS
LAMISTONE*
CPL Surface finish with coating
SILKSTONE*
which provides protection
from wear and impact
of chemical agents. Recommended for public utility buildings
and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels,
offices.
258
white
260
white oak
premium
walnut
265
276
wenge
Polish oak
NEW
332
limba
334
maple
European oak
RETRO – oak veneer
340
ebony
404
284
Brazilian
nut tree
Siberian oak
288
Royal maple
292
293
294
NEW
NEW
Royal chestnut Royal
anthracite
295
296
297
Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat
collection VII
collection III
312
279
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more
resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
VENEERED**
collection I
263
Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with
additional, unique real wood grain effect.
dark walnut
405
light walnut
370
NEW
371
white-stained truffle oak
oak
LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
421
cappucino
422
mokka
* Differences in colour shades of door leaves and door frames and edges are possible.
**The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural.
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
NEW
372
coffee oak
NEW
380
natural ash
NEW
381
moreno ash
382
rubio ash
383
negro ash
424
teak
95
LUMEN
n DOOR FRAME
∙∙Adjustable, LUMEN system, available in the colours of: ECO TOP, LAMISTONE CPL,
SILKSTONE, painted, laminated and varnished
Single leaf doors
width
type
(So)
(Sd)
(Ss)
(Sop)
“60”
676
646
617
746
“70”
776
746
717
846
“80”
876
846
817
946
“90”
976
946
917
1046
height: (Ho) 2053, (Hd) 2043, (Hs) 2017, (Hop) 2093
n GLAZING
∙∙Tempered glass in the colour of white or brown, 8 mm thick
∙∙Clear side from the hinge side (ornament on the side opposite to the hinge side)
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙Single leaf door: “60” (not applicable to panels X-XVIII); “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The LUMEN door leaf suits the LUMEN adjustable frame
∙∙The LUMEN model is available only in the standard catalogue dimensions
Ss, Hs – door leaf dimensions
Sd, Hd – door dimensions on the external side of the door frame
So, Ho – recommended installation dimension
Sop – width on the external side of the architrave
Hop – height on the external side of the architrave
LUMEN (ZL) adjustable frame
HIGH TOP
angular architrave
60 mm
weather strip
MDF door frame
LUMEN
white foil for
painted doors
PAINTED
white 000*
ECO TOP
LAMISTONE CPL
SILKSTONE
natural veneers RETRO, LIMBA,
collections
SAHARA, KONGO,
I,II,III
collection VII
wood look-alike
laminate
ZL - level of adjustment (mm) 75-300
Ss
Sd
So
Sop
plain side
from the hinge side
96
*colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table
- p. 141 (min. 2 units)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
n LUMEN DOOR LEAVES (versions)
Extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
DORMA Studio Arcos - small lock, for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC)
Ventilation trim (only I, V, VI glass panels)
Ventilation trim
Hinge
I
V
VI
Price of single leaf door: glass panel price + hardware price (door handle, lock and hinge)
+ adjustable door frame price LUMEN (ZL)
n GLAZING
0102
GLASS PANEL I
0102
GLASS PANEL V
0102
GLASS PANEL VI
Satin
n HARDWARE
DORMA HARDWARE
aluminium
EV1-Deco 114
handle + small lock + hinges
handle + wb + hinges
handle + wc + hinges
aluminium stainless
steel 107
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue.
97
SOUNDPROOF DOORS
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE (TYPE A)
∙∙Door leaf in non-rebated system, door leaf structure consists of a rail and stile set
made of coniferous wood, topped with HDF board, the core made of solid chipboard,
door leaf provided with a drop seal
∙∙Applicability of aluminium finish elements
n SPECIFICATIONS
With a metal frame – class 27 dB
With a wooden frame – class 27 dB
With the DIN adjustable frame – class 27 dB
n ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE (TYPE B)*
∙∙Rebated system door leaf, the door leaf structure consists of a rail and stile set made
of coniferous wood, topped with HDF board, the core made of special POL-SKONE
structure, the door leaf provided with a drop seal
n SPECIFICATIONS
With a metal frame – class 32 dB
With a wooden frame – class 32 dB
With the DIN adjustable frame – class 37 dB
n ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
∙∙Technical Approval by ITB: AT - 15-6411/2014
∙∙Technical Approval by ITB: AT - 15-6411/2014
*The TYPE B soundproof door is not available for the ASTRO and Astro Lux models
FULL PORTFOLIO OF TECHNICAL DOORS, including fire protection, sound insulation and smoke control doors, is available in the DEVELOPMENTS/PROJECTS catalogue.
98
n SOUNDPROOF DOORS DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
∙∙Antipanic lever
∙∙Surface mounted door closer
∙∙Electronic locks
∙∙Electric door strike (reverse or averse action)
∙∙Decors
∙∙Plates with access control systems
n ACCESSORIES
∙∙Mortise lock
∙∙Three pivot adjustable hinges
n FRAMES
DIN (ZP) adjustable frame
Fixed wooden frame
Metal adjustable or fixed frame
Soundproof door price:
=
door leaf price
+
door frame price
00
POL-SKONE offers fire-proof doors with sound insulation and smoke control
as well as many solutions for the project development market in a separate publication
n COLOURS
Environment-friendly and wear-resistant surface.
ECO TOP
120
121
white
122
oak
137
bavaria beech Caucasian
walnut
139
Palermo
walnut
southern oak
140
CPL 0,2 mm
Salinas oak
125
common
walnut
142
white pine
131
132
maple
133
nut
820
dark oak
Surface finish with coating which
provides protection from wear 258
and impact of chemical agents. white
Recommended for public utility
buildings and applicable to
intensive door use conditions, e.g.
in hotels, offices.
136
British oak
dark acacia
NEW
143
144
Scandinavian
oak
bright aralia
145
dark aralia
263
premium
walnut
146
Italian walnut
260
white oak
265
wenge
Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional,
unique real wood grain effect.
SILKSTONE
The colours printed in this catalogue may vary from the actual colours due to the quality of height volume print
process. *Available for construction development inquiries after consultation with the Sales Department
221
222
beech
223
grey
cherry tree
229
821
oak
anthracite
276
279
284
288
294
295
296
297
Polish oak
863
premium
walnut
Brazilian
nut tree
Siberian oak
292
Royal maple
293
Royal chestnut Royal
anthracite
NEW
920
251
white
beech
252
259
oak
921
grey
anthracite
Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat
965
wenge
Exemplary HPL
colours.
To agree on the
details, consult the
Sales Department;
K1238 AR+ 0901-HW
9417-HW
4447-6
available finishes:
L-P 5G
L-P 9G
L-P 20G
L-P 21
matt or gloss.
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV
varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard
varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
collection IV
collection II
collection III
HIGH TOP
PAINTED***
HPL 0.6 - 1.0 mm laminates can be optionally used
VENEERED
collection I
311
light oak
312
326
limba
beech
323
332
rustic oak
350
334
maple
European oak
NEW
129
chestnut
138
147
NEW
371
NEW
372
NEW
380
NEW
381
NEW
382
148
premium oak patina ash
000
coffee ash
611
352
marrone
SAHARA A
nero
RETRO – oak veneer
NEW
NEW
collection VI
351
graphite
collection VII
370
135
CPL
NEW
white
CPL 0,5 mm*
141
dark ash
LAMINATED
HPL*
124
LAMISTONE
621
KONGO A
white
colours of RAL
(NCS s0500-N) and NCS palettes
(except the
metallic ones)
Environment-friendly acrylic paints,
colours of RAL and NCS palettes
(except the metallic ones) –
available at extra charge according
to the colour specification table - p.
141 (min. 2 units).
LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
NEW
383
340
404
white-stained truffle oak
coffee oak
natural ash
moreno ash rubio ash
negro ash
ebony
dark walnut
oak
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves and door frames are possible.
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural.
405
light walnut
421
cappucino
422
mokka
424
teak
99
DUO SOUNDPROOF DOORS
NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
DUO
n PURPOSE
Side-hung doors are designed to be used in buildings as interior doors which close
openings in interior walls between rooms.
n SPECIFICATIONS
Acoustic insulation, Type A DUO:
∙∙with wooden door frame (the fixed DUO frame or the adjustable DUO frame)
- single and double leaf doors – class: 27 dB
Acoustic insulation, Type B DUO:
∙∙with wooden door frame (the fixed DUO frame or the adjustable DUO frame)
- single leaf doors – class: 37 dB
- double leaf door – class 32 dB [the specific acoustic insulation coefficient obtained while
testing the “90+90” door: RW(C, Ctr)=36 (-1,-2) dB]
Mechanical class: mechanical resistance requirement class 2, i.e. average service
conditions
n DOOR DIMENSIONS
Wooden fixed DUO frame or adjustable DUO frame:
∙∙Dimensions: max. width of the “90” single door – 993 mm, max. height: 2500 mm
∙∙Dimensions: max. width of the “90+90” double door – 1908 mm, max. height: 2500 mm
The additional fees for non-standard door heights are accessible in the technical door price list.
100
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
Non-rebated system door leaf. The door leaf structure consists of a rail and stile set made
of coniferous wood, topped with HDF board on both sides. The Type A core is made of
solid chipboard, the Type B core is the special POL-SKONE structure. The rated thickness
of the door leaf is 40 mm.
n DOOR LEAF FINISH
Plain surface, painted, veneered, covered with the 0,2 to 0,7 mm thick CPL laminate, the
0,7 to 1 mm thick HPL laminate or wood-alike foil.
n DOOR FRAME
∙∙Pine wood fixed DUO frame – optionally with masking strips, a quarter round
or the wooden adjustable DUO frame with widening panels and architraves.
∙∙The door frame is painted, veneered or covered with a foil matching the colour
of the door leaf.
n ACCESSORIES
Standard equipment
∙∙Hidden hinge (adjustable in 3 planes)
- 2 pcs to the height of 2150 mm
∙∙Lock:
- single leaf doors - a cylinder type magnetic lock or a key type magnetic lock
- double leaf doors - a cylinder type lever tumbler lock or a key type lever tumbler lock
∙∙Drop seal
FULL PORTFOLIO OF TECHNICAL DOORS, including fire protection, sound insulation and smoke control doors, is available in the DEVELOPMENTS/PROJECTS catalogue.
n SOUNDPROOF DOORS DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
∙∙Surface-mount or hidden door closer
∙∙Additional mortise or surface-mount lock
∙∙Surface-mount solenoid keepers supplied by ASSA ABLOY,
DORMA or GEZE
∙∙Viewer
n DOOR INSTALLATION
∙∙The door is to be installed by means of a fitting foam
n FRAMES
DUO
DUO
DUO fixed frame
Duo (DI) adjustable frame
DUO Soundproof door price
=
door leaf price
+
DUO door frame price
00
POL-SKONE offers fire-proof doors with sound insulation and smoke control
as well as many solutions for the project development market in a separate publication
n COLOURS
ECO TOP
HIGH TOP
Environment-friendly and wear-resistant surface.
NEW
120
121
white
122
oak
137
139
Palermo
walnut
southern oak
140
CPL 0,2 mm
Salinas oak
125
common
walnut
142
white pine
131
132
maple
133
nut
136
British oak
129
dark acacia
NEW
143
144
Scandinavian
oak
bright aralia
145
820
147
premium oak patina ash
LAMISTONE
148
coffee ash
CPL
Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear
and impact of chemical agents. Recommended for public utility
buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in
hotels, offices.
146
dark aralia
138
chestnut
Italian walnut
The colours printed in this catalogue may vary from the actual colours due to the quality of height volume print
process. *Available for construction development inquiries after consultation with the Sales Department
258
260
white
221
222
beech
223
grey
cherry tree
229
821
oak
anthracite
863
263
premium
walnut
Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional,
unique real wood grain effect.
SILKSTONE
premium
walnut
white oak
265
wenge
NEW
920
251
white
252
beech
collection I
311
light oak
312
921
grey
anthracite
965
276
wenge
Polish oak
279
284
Brazilian
nut tree
Siberian oak
beech
323
332
rustic oak
334
maple
European oak
350
351
graphite
marrone
611
352
SAHARA A
nero
LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
collection VII
NEW
NEW
371
288
Royal maple
Exemplary HPL
colours.
To agree on the
details, consult the
Sales Department;
K1238 AR+ 0901-HW
9417-HW
4447-6
295
296
297
available finishes: 294
L-P 5G
L-P 9G
L-P 20G
L-P 21
Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat
matt or gloss.
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV
varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard
varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
collection II
collection III
collection IV
collection VI
326
limba
259
oak
HPL 0.6 - 1.0 mm
laminates can be optionally
used
VENEERED
370
135
dark oak
NEW
white
CPL 0,5 mm*
141
dark ash
LAMINATED
HPL*
124
bavaria beech Caucasian
walnut
NEW
NEW
372
NEW
380
NEW
381
NEW
382
292
621
KONGO A
RETRO – oak veneer
NEW
383
421
422
white-stained truffle oak
coffee oak
natural ash
moreno ash rubio ash
negro ash
cappucino
mokka
oak
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves and door frames are possible.
The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural.
424
teak
340
ebony
404
293
Royal chestnut Royal
anthracite
dark walnut
PAINTED***
000
white
colours of RAL
(NCS s0500-N) and NCS palettes
(except the
metallic ones)
Environment-friendly acrylic paints,
colours of RAL and NCS palettes
(except the metallic ones) – available
at extra charge according to the
colour specification table - p. 141
(min. 2 units).
405
light walnut
101
FOLDING DOORS
n FRAMES
MDF fixed frame
Pol-Skone
fixed frame
DIN adjustable
frame
Pol-Skone
adjustable frame
In case when particular types of profiles are used,
the passage will be reduced by: [mm]
A Profile
B Profile
D Profile
E Profile
F Profile
G Profile
“60”
72
99
101
96
86
85
“70”
77
108
111
105
94
93
“80”
82
118
120
114
101
100
“90”
87
127
130
123
109
108
limited
opening
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Rebated system, a wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush, laminated, veneered
HDF boards
∙∙The core made of honeycomb-like stabilising layer, optionally: solid or perforated
chipboard, no threshold
n GLAZING
∙∙Standard: laminated and veneered door leaves - ornamental glass (colourless kura
ornament) or clear (transparent) glass, 4 mm thick; ECO TOP, HIGH TOP surface finish
– white matt glass, 4 mm thick; RETRO, LIMBA - ornamental glass (colourless kura
ornament), 4 mm thick; door leaves with the LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE finish – white
matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: white, white oak, Polish oak, Royal ash tree,
Polish ash tree; brown matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: premium walnut, wenge,
Royal chestnut, Royal merbau, Royal nougat; graphite satin glass, 4 mm thick, in the
colours of: Royal anthracite; collection V - white matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours
of: natural oak; brown matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: medium walnut, black
walnut; painted door leaves - ornamental glass (colourless kura ornament) or white matt
∙∙Option: other types of glass
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
∙∙Guide and hinges hidden in door leaf and screw-in pivot hinges
∙∙Folding door equipped with a plastic round handle
n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90”
∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “70”+“70”; “80”+“80”; “90”+“90”
102
MDF
fixed frame
POL-SKONE
fixed frame
DIN
adjustable frame
POL-SKONE
adjustable frame
type
(Sd)
(So)
(Sop)
(Sd)
(So)
(Sd)
(So)
(Sop)
(Sd)
(So)
“60”
689
709
794
689
709
646
676
746
695
715
(Sop)
798
“70”
789
809
894
789
809
746
776
846
795
815
898
“80”
889
909
994
889
909
846
876
946
895
915
998
“90”
989
1009
1094
989
1009
946
976
1046
995
1015
1098
“60”+“60”
1323
1343
1428
1323
1343
1280
1310
1380
1330
1350
1433
“70”+“70”
1523
1543
1628
1523
1543
1480
1510
1580
1530
1550
1633
“80”+“80”
1723
1743
1828
1723
1743
1680
1710
1780
1730
1750
1833
“90”+“90”
1923
1943
2028
1923
1943
1880
1910
1980
1930
1950
2033
height
(Ho) 2074, (Hd) 2064
(Ho) 2074,
(Hd) 2064
(Ho) 2069, (Hd) 2059,
(Hop) 2093
(Ho) 2077, (Hd) 2067
Sp: 76; 142; 208; 274,
(Hop) 2118
n CORES
“Honeycomb”
Perforated
chipboard
(option)
Solid chipboard
(option)
n FOLDING DOORS DOOR LEAVES (versions)
n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model
Core made of perforated chipboard
Core made of solid chipboard
Single-point mortise lock, hook type, WB
(while choosing a hook lock, it is required to order
the 30x35 mm cylinder and the WB rose) (only for
the single leaf door)
see p. 131
Option: other types of glass
Additional accessories: ventilation tubes, optional
handles for folding door leaves
see p. 130-133
Availability of a leaf with a non-standard height
00
D2
00
D2
NOTE:
Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door + extra charge
Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door + extra charge
DOUBLE LEAF DOOR
EDGE PROFILES FOR GLAZED DOOR LEAVES
SAHARA,
KONGO
INTER-AMBER, IMPULS,
DECO, DECO Vario,
DECO Lux Soft,
DECO Lux Soft Vario,
INTERSOLlD Soft,
QUATTRO Soft,
PROFILE B
PROFILE A
PLYTOWE
PROFILE E
PROFILE D
DECO Lux,
INTERSOLlD,
VITTORIA, VENA,
GRAND Lux,
MILENIUM Lux
left-hand door
PROFILE F
right-hand door
PROFILE G
CLASSIC,
CLASSIC Lux
ASTOR
SINGLE LEAF DOOR
FIORD
n COLOURS
Environment-friendly and wear-resistant surface.
ECO TOP
HIGH TOP
NEW
120
121
white
122
oak
137
139
Palermo
walnut
southern oak
CPL 0,2 mm
CPL 0,5 mm*
141
dark ash
221
white
Salinas oak
222
beech
common
walnut
142
white pine
131
132
maple
133
nut
223
grey
920
251
252
beech
143
Scandinavian
oak
144
bright aralia
821
oak
HPL 0.6 - 1.0 mm
laminates can be
optionally used
259
oak
145
K1238 AR+ 0901-HW
L-P 5G
L-P 9G
9417-HW
wenge
4447-6
L-P 20G
L-P 21
PAINTED
258
white
white
(NCS s0500-N)
Exemplary HPL
colours.
To agree on the
details, consult the
Sales Department;
available finishes:
matt or gloss.
collection I
collection II
light oak
312
326
limba
beech
323
rustic oak
332
maple
collection IV
334
European oak
350
graphite
marrone
352
nero
293
Royal
anthracite
collection V
431
natural oak
LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
collection VII
NEW
370
351
NEW
371
NEW
372
NEW
380
NEW
381
NEW
382
147
premium oak patina ash
260
white oak
colours of RAL and NCS
palettes (except the metallic
ones)
Environment-friendly
acrylic paints, colours of
RAL and NCS palettes
(except the metallic
ones) – available at extra
charge according to the
colour specification table 276
- p. 141 (min. 2 units).
Polish oak
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more
resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
collection III
138
148
coffee ash
CPL
263
premium
walnut
265
wenge
Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with
additional, unique real wood grain effect.
SILKSTONE
965
anthracite
chestnut
Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear
and impact of chemical agents. Recommended for public utility
buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in
hotels, offices.
000
premium
walnut
129
LAMISTONE
Italian walnut
VENEERED
311
dark acacia
146
dark aralia
863
anthracite
921
grey
136
British oak
NEW
229
cherry tree
135
dark oak
NEW
white
HPL*
140
125
The colours printed in this catalogue may vary from the actual colours due to the quality of height
volume print process. *Available for construction development inquiries after consultation with the
Sales Department
NEW
LAMINATED
820
124
bavaria beech Caucasian
walnut
NEW
279
284
Siberian oak
Royal maple
288
292
294
295
296
297
Brazilian
nut tree
Royal chestnut
Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat
collection VI
432
433
340
404
medium
black walnut
walnut
RETRO – oak veneer
611
SAHARA A
621
KONGO A
NEW
383
421
422
424
405
white-stained truffle oak
coffee oak
natural ash
moreno ash rubio ash
negro ash
cappucino
mokka
teak
ebony
dark walnut
light walnut
oak
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves and door frames are possible. The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural.
103
SLIDING in-wall
n IN-WALL SYSTEM
In-wall system price = chosen door leaf price + complete in-wall system price
In-wall system for single leaf doors - see the below chart
NOBLE, FIESTA, DUO in-wall system price = NOBLE, FIESTA, DUO price + complete in-wall system
price
In-wall system for single leaf doors - see the below chart
The sliding leaf is available as a separate item (at the extra charge) + the handle price
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
∙∙Hook lock (chrome) for a bathroom lock and system brushes included, the lock can be
changed to the bathroom lock (WC) with a key-operated lock
∙∙Optionally: cassettes for in-wall sliding door system (the minimum thickness of the
single or double cassette with the G/K casing system is: 100 mm for flat door leaves;
125 mm for door leaves with decoration and glazed by means of frames)
∙∙Optionally: handles for in-wall sliding doors - see p. 130
∙∙Optionally: the door closer for single leaf doors
∙∙Optionally: the door closer for double leaf doors
Application of the SP60 door closer in the in-wall system:
- single leaf “60 – 100” width doors
- double leaf “60 + 60” – “90 + 90” width doors without the simultaneous closing synchronisation of door leaves
or for the double leaf “80 + 80” – “90 + 90” doors with the simultaneous closing synchronisation of door leaves.
Due to the specific installation procedure, the door closer cannot be used in the following door models:
Etiuda/Etiuda Lux – A02, A03; Astro/Astro Lux – W1S, W1A, W2S, W2A, W3S, W3A, W4S, W4A, W5S, W5A,
W6S, W6A, W8S, W8A, W9S, W9A; Sempre Verse – W05-W08; Passo, Passo Alto, Calypso, Sabia
A non-symmetrical installation is available upon consultations with the POL-SKONE
sales department.
104
A single cassette (100 or 125 mm)
Door leaf dimensions
“60” (G/60)
“70” (G/70)
“80” (G/80)
“90” (G/90)
Extra charges
For the synchronisation
system
(simultaneous opening)
in double leaf doors
“100” (G/100)
A double cassette (100 or 125 mm)
Door leaf dimensions
Extra accessories
“60”+“60” (GG/60)
SB 01 white brush
“70”+“70” (GG/70)
“80”+“80” (GG/80)
“90”+“90” (GG/90)
SB 03 black brush
Variant I – Table I
Complete in-wall system for single leaf doors for the 100 mm cassette
For door leaves: ARCO, HAPPY, ETIUDA, ETIUDA Lux, MODERN, INTERSOLID II, ASTRO, ASTRO Lux, SEMPRE,
SEMPRE Alu, SEMPRE Lux, SEMPRE Lux Alu, SEMPRE Onda, SEMPRE Inserto, SEMPRE Verse, SEMPRE Sense,
(SAHARA, KONGO) pattern A,B,C ARGENT, FORM, Duo COLLECTION
For solid door leaves: INTER-AMBER, IMPULS, SIMPLE, GRAF, CLASSIC, CLASSIC Lux, FIORD, DECO Lux
I
ECO TOP
for single leaf doors
white foil
wood lookalike foil
laminated
HIGH TOP
LAMISTONE CPL
SILKSTONE
veneered
wood lookalike laminate
natural veneers
collections I, II, III
UV varnish
collections IV, V, VI,
VII, RETRO, LIMBA
range in mm 100-106
II
Variant II – Table II
Complete in-wall system for single leaf doors for the 125 mm cassette (solid or glazed versions)
For door leaves: ARCO, INTER-AMBER, IMPULS, ETIUDA, ETIUDA Lux, DECO Soft, DECO, DECO Vario, DECO Soft Vario,
DECO Lux Soft, DECO Lux Soft Vario, SIMPLE, GRAF, HAPPY, CLASSIC, CLASSIC Lux, FIORD, PLYTOWE, MODERN,
ASTRO, ASTRO Lux, SEMPRE, SEMPRE Alu, SEMPRE Onda, SEMPRE Lux, SEMPRE Lux Alu, SEMPRE Inserto, SEMPRE Verse,
SEMPRE Sense, QUATTRO Soft, INTERSOLID Soft, INTERSOLID II, ARGENT, FORM, Duo COLLECTION
ECO TOP
for single leaf doors
white foil
wood lookalike foil
laminated
HIGH TOP
LAMISTONE CPL
SILKSTONE
wood lookalike laminate
veneered
natural veneers
collections I, II, III
UV varnish
collections IV, V, VI,
VII, RETRO, LIMBA
range in mm 125-320
III
Variant III – Table III
Complete in-wall system for single leaf doors for the 125 mm cassette (door leaves with decor)
For door leaves: VITTORIA, VENA, GRAND Lux, MILLENIUM Lux, INTERSOLID,
(KONGO, SAHARA) pattern D, ASTOR
ECO TOP
for single leaf doors
white foil
wood lookalike foil
laminated
HIGH TOP
LAMISTONE CPL
SILKSTONE
veneered
wood lookalike laminate
natural veneers
collections I, II, III
UV varnish
collections IV, V, VI,
VII, RETRO, LIMBA
range in mm 125-300
Variant IV – Table I, IV
Complete in-wall system for single leaf doors for the 100 mm cassette
For door leaves: NOBLE I, NOBLE II, PA SSO, CALYPSO, SABIA, VERTO, L-PROJEKT
IV
for single leaf doors
laminated grey
LAMISTONE CPL
SILKSTONE
natural veneers
collections I, II, III
range in mm 100-106
UV varnish
veneered
collections IV, V, VI, VII,
RETRO, LIMBA
Variant V – Table II, V
Complete in-wall system for single leaf doors for the 125 mm cassette
For door leaves: NOBLE I, NOBLE II, PASSO, CALYPSO, SABIA, VERTO, L-PROJEKT
V
for single leaf doors
laminated grey
LAMISTONE CPL
SILKSTONE
natural veneers
collections I, II, III
range in mm 125-320
UV varnish
veneered
collections IV, V, VI, VII,
RETRO, LIMBA
n DIMENSIONS
type
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”
“100”
Single leaf doors
Double leaf doors
Single leaf doors
Double leaf doors
dimensions on the external side of door leaves
(Ssb, Hsb) and the installation hole (Sd, Hd)
dimensions on the external side of door leaves
(Ssb, Hsb) and the installation hole (Sd, Hd)
dimensions on the external side of door leaves
(Ssb, Hsb) and the installation hole (Sd, Hd)
dimensions on the external side of door leaves
(Ssb, Hsb) and the installation hole (Sd, Hd)
(Ssb)
644
744
844
944
1044
TABLE I, II, III
TABLE IV, V
NOT APPLICABLE TO NOBLE, FIESTA `09, L-PROJEKT
MODELS NOBLE, FIESTA `09, L-PROJEKT
(Sd)
(So)
(Sok)
type
(Ssb)
1288
1315
650
630
“60”+“60”
1488
1515
750
730
“70”+“70”
1688
“80”+“80”
1715
850
830
“90”+“90”
1888
1915
950
930
2115
1050
1030
height: (Hsb) 2033, (Hd) 2038, (Ho) 2065, (Hok) 2110
(Sd)
1230
1430
1630
1830
(So)
1250
1450
1650
1850
(Sok)
2570
2970
3370
3770
type
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”
(Ssb)
625
725
825
925
(Sd)
(So)
(Sok)
type
(Ssb)
1250
1315
650
630
“60”+“60”
1450
1515
750
730
“70”+“70”
“80”+“80”
1650
1715
850
830
“90”+“90”
1850
1915
950
930
height: (Hsb) 2040, (Hd) 2044, (Ho) 2065, (Hok) 2110
(Sd)
1230
1430
1630
1830
(So)
1250
1450
1650
1850
(Sok)
2570
2970
3370
3770
Ssb - the width on the external side of leaves; Sd - the width on the external side of the door frame
So - the width of the installation hole; Sk – the width on the internal side of the cassette
“100” – at extra charge
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves and door frames are possible.
105
SLIDING on-wall system
n DIMENSIONS
sliding door – on-wall system
without housing
Double leaf doors
Single leaf doors
(thout the approach post)
dimensions on the external side of door leaves
(Ssb, Hsb) and the installation hole (So, Ho)
dimensions on the external side of door leaves
(Ssb, Hsb) and the installation hole (So, Ho)
type
(Ssb)
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”
“100”
644
744
844
944
1044
NOT APPLICABLE TO NOBLE, FIESTA `09, L-PROJEKT
(So)
type
(Ssb)
620
720
820
920
1020
“60”+“60”
“70”+“70”
“80”+“80”
“90”+“90”
(So)
1288
1488
1688
1888
1240
1440
1640
1840
height: (Ho) 2020, (Hsb) 2033, from the floor level to the masking strip top edge – 2133 mm
type
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”
MODELS NOBLE, FIESTA `09, L-PROJEKT
(So)
type
600
“60”+“60”
700
“70”+“70”
“80”+“80”
800
“90”+“90”
900
(Ssb)
625
725
825
925
(Ssb)
1250
1450
1650
1850
(So)
1240
1440
1640
1840
height: (Ho) 2030, (Hsb) 2040, from the floor level to the masking strip top edge – 2140 mm
sliding door – on-wall system
with the ZN tunnel casing
For the on-wall system we recommend the ZN tunnel casing (p. 108)
Double leaf doors
Single leaf doors
For single leaf doors
n ON-WALL SYSTEM
white
painted**
white foil
the price includes: guide, masking strip and approach post *
laminated
HIGH TOP
veneered
ECO TOP
LAMISTONE CPL
SILKSTONE
wood lookalike
foil
wood lookalike
laminate
natural veneers
collections I, II, III
UV varnish
RETRO,
LIMBA,
collections
IV, V, VI , VII
Extra charge in addition to a selected model of interior leaf
For double leaf doors - extra charge
*optionally: a version with a wall housing system (“a finish tunnel”) – price depends on the wall
thickness
** colours of RAL and NCS palettes – available at extra charge according to the colour specification
table - p. 141 (min. 2 units)
Slide leaf is available as separate item (extra charge) + handle price
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
type
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”
“100”
Application of the SP60 door closer in the on-wall system:
- single leaf “60 – 100” width doors
- double leaf “60 + 60” – “90 + 90”
Due to the specific installation procedure, the door closer cannot be used in the following door
models: Etiuda/Etiuda Lux – A02, A03; Astro/Astro Lux – W1S, W1A, W2S, W2A, W3S, W3A, W4S,
W4A, W5S, W5A, W6S, W6A, W8S, W8A, W9S, W9A; Sempre Verse – W05-W08; Passo, Passo Alto,
Calypso, Sabia
If the tunnel system with DUO or ON NOBLE version A
architraves is used, the lintel architrave must be trimmed during the installation.
(Ssb)
644
744
844
944
1044
NOT APPLICABLE TO NOBLE, FIESTA `09, L-PROJEKT
(So)
(Sd)
type
(Ssb)
1288
649
670
“60”+“60”
1488
749
770
“70”+“70”
1688
“80”+“80”
849
870
“90”+“90”
1888
949
970
1049
1070
(So)
1305
1505
1705
1905
(Sd)
1282
1482
1682
1882
height: (Hsb) 2033, (Ho) 2055, (Hd) 2044, from the floor level to the masking strip top edge – 2133 mm
MODELS NOBLE, FIESTA `09, L-PROJEKT
type
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”
(Ssb)
625
725
825
925
(So)
655
755
855
955
(Sd)
633
733
833
933
type
“60”+“60”
“70”+“70”
“80”+“80”
“90”+“90”
(Ssb)
1250
1450
1650
1850
(So)
1265
1465
1665
1865
(Sd)
1245
1445
1645
1845
height: (Hsb) 2040, (Ho) 2055, (Hd) 2044, from the floor level to the masking strip top edge 2140 mm
n DIAGRAM
INSIDE
INSIDE
RIGHT
∙∙Standard: longitudinal brass chrome handle (U3)
∙∙Optionally: handles or a hook lock for sliding door leaves – see p. 130
∙∙Optionally: the door closer for single leaf doors
∙∙Optionally: the door closer for double leaf doors
106
(thout the approach post)
dimensions on the external side of door leaves
(Ssb, Hsb) and the installation hole (So, Ho)
dimensions on the external side of door leaves
(Ssb, Hsb) and the installation hole (So, Ho)
LEFT
PRIVACY LOCK
PRIVACY LOCK
ORNAMENT
OUTSIDE
ORNAMENT
OUTSIDE
In glazed doors – ornament on the outside, in doors with lock - privacy lock on the inside
In double leaf right-hand doors – the lock in the right leaf; in double leaf left-hand doors - the lock in the left leaf
LENGTHS OF MASKING STRIPS FOR THE ON-WALL SYSTEM
“60” – 1795 mm
“60+60” – 3448 mm*
“70” – 1795 mm
“70+70” – 3448 mm*
“80” – 1795 mm
“80+80” – 3448 mm*
“90” – 2045 mm
“90+90” – 3948 mm*
“100” – 2295 mm
* the masking strip consists of two interconnected elements
PREMIUM on-wall system
n PREMIUM SYSTEM
70
The PREMIUM single leaf door, double leaf door sliding system
The slide leaf is available as a separate item (extra charge) + the handle price
n STANDARD EQUIPMENT
∙∙The PREMIUM sliding system complete set contains a masking strip with a guide
(components made of the aluminium)
∙∙The standard PREMIUM on-wall system door leaves are equipped with a longitudinal
handle in the colour of chrome-satina (U4)
∙∙Optional handles for sliding door leaves - p. 130
Single leaf doors
dimensions on the external side of door leaves
(Ssb, Hsb) and the installation hole (So, Ho)
type
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”
Double leaf doors
dimensions on the external side of door leaves
(Ssb, Hsb) and the installation hole (So, Ho)
NOT APPLICABLE TO NOBLE, FIESTA `09, L-PROJEKT
(Ssb)
(So)
type
(Ssb)
1288
620
644
“60”+“60”
1488
720
744
“70”+“70”
“80”+“80”
1688
820
844
“90”+“90”
1888
920
944
(So)
1240
1440
1640
1840
height: (Hsb) 2033, (Ho) 2020, height from the floor level to the masking strip top edge - 2103 mm
type
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”
(Ssb)
625
725
825
925
NOBLE, FIESTA `09, L-PROJEKT MODELS
(So)
type
600
“60”+“60”
700
“70”+“70”
“80”+“80”
800
“90”+“90”
900
(Ssb)
1250
1450
1650
1850
(So)
1230
1430
1630
1830
height: (Hsb) 2040, (Ho) 2030, height from the floor level to the masking strip top edge - 2110 mm
Not applicable to the tunnel door frame
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves and door frames are possible.
107
TUNNELS / WALL CASING
WALL FINISH CASING TUNNEL: ZN (casing for the sliding on-wall system) and ZT (door opening casing without a door)
laminated
HIGH TOP
LAMISTONE CPL
SILKSTONE
ECO TOP
PAINTED
white 000*
Range of
adjustment
Symbol
white foil for
painted doors and
white: 120
Complete set
wood lookalike
laminate
ZN 1
ZT 1
76-116
Panel 76 mm, architrave 32 mm
ZN 2
ZT 2
116-142
Panel 76 mm, architrave 52 mm
ZN 3
ZT 3
142-182
Panel 142 mm, architrave 32 mm
ZN 4
ZT 4
182-208
Panel 142 mm, architrave 52 mm
ZN 5
ZT 5
208-248
Panel 208 mm, architrave 32 mm
ZN 6
ZT 6
248-274
Panel 208 mm, architrave 52 mm
ZN 7
ZT 7
274-314
Panel 274 mm, architrave 32 mm
ZN 8
ZT 8
314-354
Panel 274 mm, architrave 52 mm
UV varnish
UV varnish
natural
Retro,
Limba
veneers
collections I, collections
IV, V, VI, VII
II, III
*colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units), environment-friendly acrylic paints
ZN TUNNEL DOOR FRAMES, ZT DIN SYSTEM, ZN DUO SYSTEM (not applicable to DIN DUO)
(wall casing for the sliding on-wall system
and DIN door frames)
type
(Sd)
width
(So)
(Sop) (Sop*)
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”
“100”
649
749
849
949
1049
670
770
870
970
1070
746
846
946
1046
1146
ZT TUNNEL DOOR FRAMES
(wall casing without door)
width
786
886
986
1086
1186
type
“60”+“60”
“70”+“70”
“80”+“80”
“90”+“90”
“100”+“100”
(Sd)
(So)
(Sop) (Sop*)
1282
1482
1682
1882
2082
1305
1505
1705
1905
2105
1379
1579
1779
1979
2179
1419
1619
1819
2019
2219
height: (Hd) 2044, (Ho) 2055, (Hop) 2093, (Hop*) 2113
Range ZN1-ZN8
type
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”
“100”
-
(Sd)
700
800
900
1000
1100
-
(Sop)*
817
917
1017
1117
1217
-
width
(Sop)**
type
(Sd) (So) (Sop) (Sop)*
1334 1360 1431 1451
“60”+“60”
837
1434 1460 1531 1551
“60”+“70”
937
1037 “60”+“80”, “70”+“70” 1534 1560 1631 1651
1137 “60”+“90”, “70”+“80” 1634 1660 1731 1751
1237 “70”+“90”, “80”+“80” 1734 1760 1831 1851
1834 1860 1931 1951
“80”+“90”
1934 1960 2031 2051
“90”+“90”
2134 2160 2231 2251
“100” + “100”
-
Angular architrave
Panel
ZT tunnel with OK6 architraves
Sop**
Panel
Angular architrave
MDF door
frame
Panel
ZT tunnel with OK7 architraves
Panel
Angular architrave
Angular architrave
Panel
ZN tunnel with DUO architraves
Range ZT1-ZT8
(Sop)**
1471
1571
1671
1771
1871
1971
2071
2271
height: (Hd) 2069, (Ho) 2080, (Hop) 2118, (Hop)* 2128, (Hop)** 2138
MDF door
frame
ZN tunnel with OK6 architraves
width
(So) (Sop)
720 797
820 897
920 997
1020 1097
1120 1197
-
Panel
Sd
So
ZT tunnel with OK4 architraves
ZT tunnel with Q-SYSTEM architraves
Available only in the colours of natural veneers
* DUO SYSTEM (not applicable to DIN DUO)
type
ZX TUNNEL FOR NOBLE, FIESTA ‘09, L-PROJEKT DOORS
ZY TUNNEL FOR NOBLE, FIESTA ‘09, L-PROJEKT DOORS, DUO SYSTEM
(wall casing without door)
(wall casing for the sliding on-wall system)
width
width
width
width
typ
(Sd) (So) (Sop) (Sop)*
(Sd) (So) (Sop) (Sop)* typ
(Sd) (So) (Sop) (Sop)* type (Sd) (So) (Sop) (Sop)*
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”
-
633
733
833
933
-
ZT TUNNEL FRAME DIN Duo SYSTEM
(wall casing without door)
width
typ (So) (Sd) (Sop)
“60” 675 655 792
“70” 775 755 892
“80” 875 855 992
“90” 975 955 1092
-
width
typ
(So)
1290
“60”+“60”
1390
“60”+“70”
1490
“60”+“80”, “70”+“70”
1590
“60”+“90”, “70”+“80”
1690
“70”+“90”, “80”+“80”
1790
“80”+“90”
1890
“90”+“90”
(Sd)
1270
1370
1470
1570
1670
1770
1870
(Sop)
1407
1507
1607
1707
1807
1907
2007
height: (Ho) 2075, (Hd) 2065, (Hop) 2133
655
755
855
955
-
770
870
970
1070
-
810
910
1010
1110
-
“60”+”60”
“60”+”70”
“70”+”70”
“70”+”80”
“80”+”80”
“80”+”90”
“90”+”90”
1245
1345
1445
1545
1645
1745
1845
1265
1365
1465
1565
1665
1765
1865
1382
1482
1582
1682
1782
1882
1982
1422
1522
1622
1722
1822
1922
2022
height: (Hd) 2044, (Ho) 2055, (Hop) 2113, (Hop)* 2132
699 720
799 820
899 920
999 1020
-
836
936
1036
1136
-
876
976
1076
1176
-
“60”+”60”
“60”+”70”
“70”+”70”
“70”+”80”
“80”+”80”
“80”+”90”
“90”+”90”
1326
1426
1526
1626
1726
1826
1926
1350
1450
1550
1650
1750
1850
1950
1463
1563
1663
1763
1863
1963
2063
1503
1603
1703
1803
1903
2003
2103
height: (Hd) 2085, (Ho) 2095, (Hop) 2154, (Hop)* 2174
*with ON NOBLE architraves version A
MDF door frame
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”
-
*with ON NOBLE architraves version A
80 mm
80 mm
Panel
MDF door
frame
Panel
MDF door
frame
Panel
ZX tunnel with ON FIESTA architraves
108
ZY tunnel with ON FIESTA, L-PROJEKT, SYSTEM DUO, NOBLE architraves version B
Dimensions “100”; “110” + extra charge
Double leaf tunnels + extra charge
Double leaf tunnels “100”+“100” or “110”+“110” + extra charge
System DUO tunnel frame + extra charge
Tunnels with OK6 architraves in RAL or NCS colours (except metallic ones) – extra charge according to the groups for the painted models.
Version including architraves for Noble I, Noble II, FIESTA’09 (SABIA, CALYPSO, PASSO, PASSO Alto) - doors extra charge to the prices of
the tunnels with OK6 (available only in the colours of NOBLE).
For Duo system, architraves are cut at a 45o angle and for NOBLE/ FIESTA architraves are cut at a 90o angle
Without drilled holes for hinges, trimming for metal sheet without seals. Maximum tunnel height – 2300 mm- extra charge
Panel
ZY tunnel with ON NOBLE architraves version A
Integrated toplights on DIN profile
Max. height of the set on the DIN frame is 2300mm.
Zp1
Two-sided laminated
6 mm thick panel
width 60 cm-235x622 mm
width 70 cm-235x722 mm
width 80 cm-235x822 mm
width 90 cm-235x922 mm
width 100 cm-235x1022 mm
ZP2
ZP3
ECO TOP
ZP4
ZP5
ZP6
ZP7
laminated
HIGH TOP
LAMISTONE CPL
white foil for painted
SILKSTONE
doors and white: 120
wood look-alike
laminate
ZP8
ZP9
ZP10
ZP11
UV varnish
veneered
natural veneers
(collections I,II,III)
collections:
IV, V, VI, VII
RETRO, LIMBA
The toplight can be filled with a 6mm thick glass pane
or a 6 mm thick two-sided laminated panel.
Toplight pane options (width “60”-“100”):
A. Security glass pane, white matt, 3.3.1, 6.4 mm thick
B. Security glass pane, transparent, 3.3.1, 6.4 mm thick
C. Tempered glass pane, white matt, 6 mm thick
D. Tempered glass pane, transparent, 6 mm thick
NEW OPTION - TOPLIGHTS INTEGRATED ON DIN FRAME
Door closer is not available
type
“60”
width (only for the single leaf door)
(So)
(Sd)
(Ss)
676
646
618
(Sop)
746
“70”
776
746
718
846
“80”
876
846
818
946
“90”*
976
946
918
1046
So – recommended installation dimension
Sd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame
Ss - door leaf width in rebate
Sop – width on the external side of the architrave
TOPLIGHTS ON DIN FRAME
Hd
Hop
Hn
Hs
2300
2280
2260
2240
2220
2200
2180
2350
2330
2310
2290
2270
2250
2230
267
247
227
207
187
167
147
2020
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves and door frames are possible.
TOPLIGHTS INTEGRATED ON DIN FRAME
109
SIDELIGHTS
Recommended way of connecting top lights along the DIN door frame
by means of installation blocks
REBATED SYSTEM
SIDELIGHTS based on the DIN door frame profile (price per 1 meter of the sidelight external perimeter)
laminated
white foil for
painted doors
and white: 120
PAINTED
white 000**
ECO TOP
HIGH TOP
LAMISTONE CPL
SILKSTONE
wood lookalike
laminate
UV varnish
veneered
natural veneers
collections I,
II, III
RETRO,
LIMBA,
collections
IV, V, VI, VII
NP range in mm 75-300
Sidelight price = price of 1m. x 2(A+B) + price of 1 sq. m. of glass x A x B
Maximum dimensions of toplights and sidelights are:
Toplights SxH = 2190x700 mm
Sideligths SxH = 1000x2093 mm
Recommended way of connecting top lights along the DIN DUO door
frame by means of installation blocks
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
SIDELIGHTS based on the DIN DUO door frame profile (price per 1 meter of the sidelight external perimeter)
laminated
white foil for
painted doors
and white: 120
PAINTED
white 000**
ECO TOP
HIGH TOP
LAMISTONE CPL
SILKSTONE
wood lookalike
laminate
UV varnish
veneered
natural veneers
collections I,
II, III
ND range in mm 75-300
Sidelight price = price of 1m. x 2(A+B) + price of 1 sq. m. of glass x A x B
Use the toplight with the following glass pane types:
A. Security glass pane, white matt, 3.3.1, 6.4 mm thick
B. Security glass pane, transparent, 3.3.1, 6.4 mm thick
C. Tempered glass pane, white matt, 6 mm thick
D. Tempered glass pane, transparent, 6 mm thick
110
Maximum dimensions of toplights and sidelights are:
Toplights SxH = 2207x700 mm
Sideligths SxH = 1000x2133 mm
RETRO,
LIMBA,
collections
IV, V, VI, VII
SIDELIGHTS
Recommended method of connecting top lights on the fixed
frame profile
REBATED SYSTEM
SIDELIGHTS based on the POL-SKONE door fixed frame profile (price per 1 meter of the sidelight external perimeter)
laminated
white foil for
painted doors
and white: 120
PAINTED
white 000**
ECO TOP
HIGH TOP
LAMISTONE CPL
SILKSTONE
wood lookalike
laminate
UV varnish
veneered
natural veneers
collections I,
II, III
RETRO,
LIMBA,
collections
IV, V, VI, VII
fixed 92 mm
Recommended method of connecting top lights on the fixed
frame profile DUO
NON-REBATED SYSTEM
SIDELIGHTS based on the DUO door fixed frame profile (price per 1 meter of the sidelight external perimeter)
laminated
white foil for
painted doors
and white: 120
PAINTED
white 000**
ECO TOP
HIGH TOP
LAMISTONE CPL
SILKSTONE
wood lookalike
laminate
UV varnish
veneered
natural veneers
collections I,
II, III
RETRO,
LIMBA,
collections
IV, V, VI, VII
fixed 92 mm
STAINLESS STEEL
0.6 MM THICK PROTECTIONS OF THE DOOR LEAF EDGE AND THE DOOR FRAME EDGE
The door leaf vertical edge protections can be used for the 40 mm thick leaf
with the LAMISTONE, SILKSTONE, CPL 0,2; CPL 0,5; CPL 0,7 coating, painted and veneered.
The edge protections can be used for the fixed wooden door frame and the ZZ wooden adjustable door frame
with the LAMISTONE, SILKSTONE, CPL 0.15 coating, painted and veneered.
Protection items compatible with the EXPERT hinge.
In case of swing doors, the leaf edge is protected from the side opposite to the hinge side.
Type of protector
A complete set of protections for a 40 mm thick door leaf
(vertical protection of the lock side and vertical protection of the hinge side)
A complete set of the fixed door frame protections
(vertical protection of the lock side and vertical protection of the hinge side)
A complete set of the adjustable door frame protectors
(a vertical protector of the lock side and a vertical protector of the hinge side)
111
DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS
Opening directions – single leaf rebated doors
left doors
the side with visible hinges
Opening directions – double leaf rebated doors
right doors
the side with visible hinges
right doors:
right hand main door leaf – left hand privacy lock
n REBATED SYSTEM (side hung doors)
od 10 - 12 mm
n Clearance between a door leaf and floor
door leaf
left doors:
left hand main door leaf – right hand privacy lock
door leaf
depth of rebate
27 mm
Ss (door leaf width in rebate)
floor level
POL-SKONE rebated door leaves fit all door frames which are compliant
with the Polish industry standards
door leaf
Version including
the Swiss threshold
(optional)
wooden threshold
width (Ss)
door leaf height in rebate
618 718 818 918 mm
2020 mm
n NON-REBATED SYSTEM
floor level
door leaf
To ensure a right way of installation of side hung and sliding doors, the in-wall hole (So) should be
wider by 10-15 mm on the side from the door dimensions on the outside of door frame (Sd).
To contact licensed installation teams, see our website www.pol-skone.eu
We recommend a detailed door installation manual: “POL-SKONE Good Installation Academy”,
available on DVD.
Ss (door leaf width)
Shorter door leaves (see appropriate information in the catalogue) and door leaves for do-it-yourself
shortening (see appropriate information in the catalogue) by a contractor.
width (Ss)
door leaf height
625 725 825 925 (mm)
2040 (mm)
FIXED DOOR FRAMES
n Fixed MDF
HIGH TOP
LAMISTONE CPL
ECO TOP
white foil for
painted doors
and white: 120
SILKSTONE
wood look-alike
laminate
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
option: LD6, LD7 masking strips
Door frames are not painted
n DIMENSIONS
MDF door frame
100 mm
gasket
Doors with fixed door frame
type
“60”
n HINGES
Screw-in pivot
A type hinge
Screw-in pivot
D type hinge
Single leaf doors
(So) (Sd) (Ss)
709
689
618
(Sop)
794
type
“60”+“60”
Double leaf doors
(So)
1343
(Sop)
1428
“70”
809
789
718
894
“60”+“70”
1443
1423
1528
“80”
909
889
818
994
“60” +“80”, “70”+“70”
1543
1523
1628
“90”*
1009
989
918
1094
“60”+“90”, “70”+“80”
1643
1623
1728
“70”+“90”, “80”+“80”
1743
1723
1828
“80”+“90”
1843
1823
1928
“90”+“90”
1943
1923
2028
height: (Ho) 2074, (Hd) 2064, (Hs) 2020, (Hop) 2117
Optionally: “100” – available at extra charge, “110”- available at extra charge
112
(Sd)
1323
Ss – door leaf width in rebate (618, 718, 818, 918); Hs - door leaf height in rebate;
Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame;
So, Ho – recommended installation dimension
Sop – width on the external side of the architrave
Hop – height on the external side of the architrave
*for the ASTOR, GRAF So = 983; Sd=963; Ss=892; Sop=1068
OŚCIEŻNICE
FIXED
DOOR FRAMES
n SYSTEM POL-SKONE fixed
UV varnish
laminated
HIGH TOP
LAMISTONE CPL
veneered
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
ECO TOP
(INTER-AMBER)
white foil for
painted doors
and white:
120
SILKSTONE
PAINTED
white 000*
natural
veneers
(collections
I,II,III)
wood look-alike
laminate
collections:
IV, V, VI, VII
RETRO,
LIMBA
option: LD6, LD7 masking strips
Door frame shortening available at extra charge
The standard door frame kits contain installation holes with a set of plugs.
Door frames without installation holes are available at extra charge.
*colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour
specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units), environment-friendly acrylic paints
n DIMENSIONS
wooden door frame
gasket
n HINGES
Single leaf doors
Screw-in pivot
A type hinge
Screw-in pivot
C type hinge
Screw-in pivot
D type hinge
n ELECTRIC STRIKES FOR INTERIOR DOOR
ELECTRIC STRIKES
for interior door
Averse action electric door strike
type 1710-12AC
(for door leaves equipped
with the LOB Z755B lock*)
Reverse action electric door strike
type 1711-12DC
(for door leaves equipped
with the LOB Z755B lock*)
Double leaf doors
type
(So)
(Sd)
(Ss)
type
(So)
(Sd)
“60”
709
689
618
“60”+“60”
1343
1323
“70”
809
789
718
“60”+“70”
1443
1423
“80”
909
889
818
“60” +“80”, “70”+“70”
1543
1523
“90”*
1009
989
918
“60”+“90”, “70”+“80”
1643
1623
“70”+“90”, “80”+“80”
1743
1723
“80”+“90”
1843
1823
“90”+“90”
1943
1923
height: (Ho) 2074, (Hd) 2064, (Hs) 2020
Optionally: “100” – available at extra charge, “110”- available at extra charge
for fixed door frame
* available at extra charge
Ss - door leaf width in rebate (618, 718, 818, 918);
Hs - door leaf height in rebate; Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame;
So, Ho – recommended installation dimension
*for the ASTOR, GRAF doors So=983; Sd=963; Ss=892
The POL-SKONE door frame can be equipped with electric door strike.
113
Fixed frames
n DUO fixed
NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
DUO
UV varnish
HIGH TOP
ECO TOP
PAINTED
white 000*
LAMISTONE CPL
white foil for
painted doors
veneered
SILKSTONE
Door frame shortening available at extra charge
* colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour
specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units), environment-friendly acrylic paints
FIXED frame FOR PASSO Alto leaves
UV varnish
LAMISTONE CPL
veneered
SILKSTONE
Door frame shortening available at extra charge
The standard door frame kits contain installation holes with a set of plugs. Door frames without installation holes are
available at extra charge.
n DIMENSIONS
wooden
door frame
gasket
92 mm
n HINGES
ARGENTA type
hidden adjustable hinge
Single leaf doors
Double leaf doors
type
“60”
width
(So) (Sd)
713
693
(Ss)
625
width
“70”
813
793
“80”
913
893
“90”
1013*
993*
type
“60+60”
(So)
1328
(Sd)
1308
725
“60+70”
1428
1408
825
“60+80, 70+70”
1528
1508
925*
“60+90, 70+80”
1628
1608
“70+90, 80+80”
1728
1708
“80+90”
1828
1808
“90+90”
1928
1908
height: (Ho) 2093 mm, (Hd) 2083 mm, (Hs) 2040 mm
PASSO Alto height: (Ho) 2293, (Hd) 2283, (Hs) 2240
*Non-standard “90” width for GRAF DUO, ASTOR DUO patterns: (So) 1006, (Sd) 986, (Ss) 918
So, Ho – recommended installation dimension;
Ss - door leaf width in rebate;
Hs - door leaf height in rebate;
Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame;
Sop – width on the external side of the architrave;
Hop – height on the external side of the architrave;
Note: The Graf Duo, Astor Duo double leaf doors are not available with the “90” width
114
ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAMES
n SYSTEM DIN adjustable
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
UV varnish
laminated
HIGH TOP
veneered
LAMISTONE CPL white foil for
ECO TOP
painted doors
and white: 120
SILKSTONE
PAINTED
white 000*
wood look-alike
laminate
natural
veneers
(collections
I,II,III)
collections:
IV, V, VI, VII
RETRO,
LIMBA
ZP range in mm 75-300
Door frame shortening available at extra charge
*colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour
specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units), environment-friendly acrylic paints
Frames within ranges wider than the maximum ones given in the above table are available (upon consultation with
the Sales Department).
n DIMENSIONS
SYSTEM DIN adjustable
angular
architrave
n HINGES
MDF door frame
gasket
Screw-in pivot
B type hinge
Screw-in pivot
K type hinge
Three-piece
T type hinge
For System DIN adjustable door frame, we recommend the ZT DIN SYSTEM tunnel casing
The reinforcement for a door closer is available at extra charge
NOTE! The recommended dimension of the installation hole height is increased by 16 mm.
For the System DIN adjustable door frame, we recommend ZT DIN SYSTEM tunnel housing (p. 108)
The DIN door frame can be equipped with electric door strike.
Single leaf doors
n ELECTRIC DOOR STRIKES
Electric door strike
Electric averse action door
Electric averse action door
ELECTRIC DOOR
strike JiS type 1711-12DC
strike JiS type 1710-12AC
STRIKES
(for door leaves equipped
(for door leaves equipped
for interior doors
with the LOB Z755B lock*)
with the LOB Z755B lock*)
for DIN adjustable door frame (ZP) (requires widening the installation hole by 25 mm because of a wooden
reinforcement of the door frame in a door strike installation place, milling finish of the architraves is provided by
the manufacturer
type
“60”
(So)
676
width
(Sd)
646
“70”
776
746
718
“80”
876
846
818
“90”*
976
946
918
Double leaf doors
type
“60”+“60”
width
(So)
1310
(Sd)
1280
(Sop)
1380
846
“60”+“70”
1410
1380
1480
946
“60” +“80”, “70”+“70”
1510
1480
1580
1046
“60”+“90”, “70”+“80”
1610
1580
1680
“70”+“90”, “80”+“80”
1710
1680
1780
“80”+“90”
1810
1780
1880
“90”+“90”
1910
1880
1980
(Ss)
618
(Sop)
746
height: (Ho) 2053, (Hd) 2043, (Hs) 2020, (Hop) 2093
Optionally: “100” – available at extra charge, “110”- available at extra charge
Ss - door leaf width in rebate (618, 718, 818, 918); Hs - door leaf height in rebate;
Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame;
So, Ho – recommended installation dimension Sop – width on the external side of the architrave
Hop – height on the external side of the architrave
*for the ASTOR, GRAF doors
So = 950; Sd=920; Ss=892; Sop=1020
Averse type, model 1710 - 12AC closed without voltage, opened when under voltage
Reverse type, model 1711 - 12DC opened without voltage, closed when under voltage
The symbols AC/DC stand for alternating current or direct current respectively.
The price includes the door frame reinforcement at the place of the electric door strike installation
* available at extra charge
115
ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAMES
n DIN Duo adjustable frame
UV varnish
laminated
HIGH TOP
ECO TOP
LAMISTONE CPL
NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SILKSTONE
DUO
wood look-alike
laminate
veneered
PAINTED
white 000*
white foil for
painted doors
and white: 120
collections:
IV, V, VI, VII
RETRO,
LIMBA
natural
veneers
(collections
I,II,III)
ZD range in mm 75-300
Door frame shortening available at extra charge
*colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour
specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units), environment-friendly acrylic paints
Frames within ranges wider than the maximum ones given in the above table are available (upon consultation with
the Sales Department).
n DIMENSIONS
angular architrave
MDF door frame
Gasket
n HINGES
ARGENTA type
hidden adjustable hinge
Single leaf doors
type
“60”
For the SYSTEM DIN DUO adjustable door frame, we recommend SYSTEM DIN DUO tunnel casing (p. 108)
(So)
690
width
(Sd)
652
(Ss)
625
Double leaf doors
(Sop)
792
type
“60+60”
width
(So)
1305
“70”
790
752
725
892
“60+70”
1405
1367
1507
890
852
825
992
“60+80, 70+70”
1505
1467
1607
“90”
990
952
925
1092
“60+90, 70+80”
1605
1567
1707
“70+90, 80+80”
1705
1667
1807
“80+90”
1805
1767
1907
“90+90”
1905
1867
2007
*Non-standard “90” width for door leaves: GRAF DUO, ASTOR DUO: (So) 983, (Sd) 945, (Ss) 918, (Sop) 1085
Note: The Graf Duo, Astor Duo double leaf doors are not available with the “90” width
Optionally: “100” – available at extra charge
So, Ho – recommended installation dimension
Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame
Ss - door leaf width in rebate
Hs - door leaf height in rebate
Sop – width on the external side of the architrave
Hop – height on the external side of the architrave
116
(Sop)
1407
“80”
height: (Ho) 2075, (Hd) 2063, (Hs) 2040, (Hop) 2133
The Duo architrave
(Sd)
1267
ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAMES
n DUO adjustable
UV varnish
HIGH TOP
ECO TOP
NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
DUO
for L-PROJEKT (FP) leaf doors
LAMISTONE
CPL
PAINTED
white 000*
veneered
white foil for
painted doors
grey laminate
(222),
anthracite
laminate (821)
SILKSTONE
oak veneer
(334)
DI range in mm 76-388
Door frame shortening available at extra charge
* colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141
(min. 2 units), environment-friendly acrylic paints
The standard door frame kits contain installation holes with a set of plugs. Door frames without installation holes are
available at extra charge.
DUO adjustable door frame FOR PASSO Alto door leaves
UV varnish
LAMISTONE CPL
veneered
SILKSTONE
DI range in mm 76-388
Door frame shortening available at extra charge
Frames within ranges wider than the maximum ones given in the above table are available (upon consultation with
the Sales Department).
n DIMENSIONS
adjustment architrave
n HINGES
adjustment panel
wooden door frame
ARGENTA type
hidden adjustable hinge
architrave with
12 mm tongue
Single leaf doors
Double leaf doors
type
“60”
(So)
713
width
(Sd)
693
“70”
813
793
725
“80”
913
893
825
“90”
1013*
993*
925*
1136*
(Ss)
625
type
“60+60”
width
(So)
1328
(Sd)
1308
(Sop)
1451
936
“60+70”
1428
1408
1551
1036
“60+80, 70+70”
1528
1508
1651
“60+90, 70+80”
1628
1608
1751
“70+90, 80+80”
1728
1708
1851
“80+90”
1828
1808
1951
“90+90”
1928
1908
2051
(Sop)
836
height: (Ho) 2093, (Hd) 2083, (Hs) 2040, (Hop) 2154
PASSO Alto height: (Ho) 2293, (Hd) 2283, (Hs) 2240, (Hop) 2354
*Non-standard “90” width for door leaves: ASTOR DUO, GRAF DUO; (So) 1006, (Sd) 986, (Ss) 918, (Sop) 1129
Optionally: “100” – available at extra charge, “110”- available at extra charge
So, Ho – recommended installation dimension;
Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame;
Ss - door leaf width in rebate;
Hs - door leaf height in rebate
Sop – width on the external side of the architrave;
Hop – height on the external side of the architrave;
Note: The Graf Duo, Astor Duo double leaf doors are not available with the “90” width
117
ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAMES
UV varnish
laminated
n SYSTEM POL-SKONE adjustable
HIGH TOP
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
ECO TOP
(INTERAMBER)
LAMISTONE CPL
SILKSTONE
veneered
white foil for
painted doors
and white:
120
PAINTED
white 000*
wood look-alike
laminate
natural
veneers
(collections
I,II,III)
collections:
IV, V, VI, VII
RETRO,
LIMBA
ZZ range in mm 62-391
Door frame shortening available at extra charge
*colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour
specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units), environment-friendly acrylic paints
The standard door frame kits contain installation holes with a set of plugs. Door frames without installation holes are
available at extra charge.
Frames within ranges wider than the maximum ones given in the above table are available (upon consultation with
the Sales Department).
n DIMENSIONS
angular
architrave
adjustment panel
wooden door frame
gasket
n HINGES
Single leaf doors
type
“60”
Screw-in pivot
A type hinge
Screw-in pivot
C type hinge
Screw-in pivot
D type hinge
(So)
715
width
(Sd)
695
Double leaf doors
width
(Ss)
618
(Sop)
798
type
“60”+“60”
(So)
1350
(Sd)
1330
“70”
815
795
718
898
“60”+“70”
1450
1430
1533
“80”
915
895
818
998
“60” +“80”, “70”+“70”
1550
1530
1633
“90”*
1015
995
918
1098
“60”+“90”, “70”+“80”
1650
1630
1733
“70”+“90”, “80”+“80”
1750
1730
1833
“80”+“90”
1850
1830
1933
“90”+“90”
1950
1930
2033
height: (Ho) 2077, (Hd) 2067, (Hs) 2020, (Hop) 2118
n ELECTRIC DOOR STRIKES
ELECTRIC DOOR
STRIKES
JiS averse action electric
door strike, type: 1710-12AC
(for door leaves equipped
with the LOB Z755B lock*)
for adjustable door frame
POL-SKONE (ZZ)
* available at extra charge
Architraves are ready milled for electric door strike
118
JiS 1711-12DC reverse
action electric door strike
(for door leaves equipped
with the LOB Z755B lock*)
(Sop)
1433
Optionally: “100” – available at extra charge, “110”- available at extra charge
Ss - door leaf width in rebate (618, 718, 818, 918)
Hs - door leaf height in rebate Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame
So, Ho – recommended installation dimension
Sop – width on the external side of the architrave
Hop – height on the external side of the architrave
*for the ASTOR, GRAF doors So=989 Sd=969 Ss=892 Sop=1072
The POL-SKONE door frame can be equipped with electric door strike.
ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAMES
n MODEL 2000 adjustable
UV varnish
veneered
collections:
RETRO,
LIMBA
natural
veneers (collections
I,II,III)
Single leaf doors
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
ZM range in mm 69-398
Door frame shortening available at extra charge
The standard door frame kits contain installation holes with a set of plugs.
Door frames without installation holes are available at extra charge.
Frames within ranges wider than the maximum ones given in the above table are available (upon consultation with
the Sales Department).
n DIMENSIONS
angular architrave
adjustment panel
wooden door frame
gasket
n HINGES
Single leaf doors
type
“60”
Screw-in pivot
C type hinge
Screw-in pivot
D type hinge
(So)
715
width
(Sd)
695
(Ss)
618
Double leaf doors
(Sop)
798
type
“60”+“60”
width
(So)
1350
(Sd)
1330
(Sop)
1433
“70”
815
795
718
898
“60”+“70”
1450
1430
1533
“80”
915
895
818
998
“60” +“80”, “70”+“70”
1550
1530
1633
“90”
1015
995
918
1098
“60”+“90”, “70”+“80”
1650
1630
1733
“70”+“90”, “80”+“80”
1750
1730
1833
“80”+“90”
1850
1830
1933
“90”+“90”
1950
1930
2033
height: (Ho) 2077, (Hd) 2067, (Hs) 2020, (Hop) 2118
Optionally: “100” – available at extra charge, “110”- available at extra charge
Ss - door leaf width in rebate (618, 718, 818, 918)
Hs - door leaf height in rebate
Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame
So, Ho – recommended installation dimension
Sop – width on the external side of the architrave
Hop – height on the external side of the architrave
For the Model 2000 we recommend the ZT OK7 tunnel casing (p. 108)
119
ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAMES
n MODEL RETRO adjustable
UV varnish
veneered
collections:
RETRO,
LIMBA
natural
veneers (collections
I,II,III)
Single leaf doors
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
ZR range in mm 69-398
Door frame shortening available at extra charge
The standard door frame kits contain installation holes with a set of plugs.
Door frames without installation holes are available at extra charge.
Frames within ranges wider than the maximum ones given in the above table are available (upon consultation with
the Sales Department).
n DIMENSIONS
angular
architrave
adjustment
panel
wooden door frame
gasket
n HINGES
Single leaf doors
type
“60”
Screw-in pivot
C type hinge
Screw-inb pivot
D type hinge
(So)
715
width
(Sd)
695
(Ss)
618
Double leaf doors
(Sop)
818
type
“60”+“60”
width
(So)
1350
“70”
815
795
718
918
“60”+“70”
1450
1430
1553
915
895
818
1018
“60” +“80”, “70”+“70”
1550
1530
1653
“90”
1015
995
918
1118
“60”+“90”, “70”+“80”
1650
1630
1753
“70”+“90”, “80”+“80”
1750
1730
1853
“80”+“90”
1850
1830
1953
“90”+“90”
1950
1930
2053
height: (Ho) 2077, (Hd) 2067, (Hs) 2020, (Hop) 2128
120
(Sop)
1453
“80”
Optionally: “100” – available at extra charge, “110”- available at extra charge
Ss - door leaf width in rebate (618, 718, 818, 918)
Hs - door leaf height in rebate
Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame
So, Ho – recommended installation dimension
Sop – width on the external side of the architrave
Hop – height on the external side of the architrave
For the Model RETRO adjustable door frame, we recommend the ZT OK4 tunnel casing (p. 108)
(Sd)
1330
ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAMES
n Noble adjustable
UV varnish
veneered
Single leaf doors
NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
European oak, ebony, light walnut retro,
dark walnut retro
NB range in mm 76-388
NOBLE
A fixed wooden non-rebated door frame
Door frame shortening available at extra charge
The standard door frame kits contain installation holes with a set of plugs. Door frames without installation holes are
available at extra charge.
Frames within ranges wider than the maximum ones given in the above table are available (upon consultation with
the Sales Department).
n DIMENSIONS
VERSION A
angular
architrave
adjustment
panel
wooden door frame
gasket
VERSION B
angular
architrave
80
adjustment
panel
wooden door frame
gasket
n HINGES
Non-rebated system
SFS hinge
For the NOBLE non-rebated door frame, we recommend the ZY with ON NOBLE / FIESTA architraves (p. 108)
WAYS OF CONNECTING ARCHITRAVES
type
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”
VERSION A (100 mm)
(So)
713
813
913
1013
Single leaf doors
width
(Sd) (Sopa) (Sopa)
693 876 836
793 976 936
893 1076 1036
993 1176 1136
(Ss)
625
725
825
925
Double leaf doors
width
type
(So)
(Sd)
“60” + “60”
1328 1308
“60” + “70”
1428 1408
“60” + “80”, “70” + “70”
1528 1508
“60” + “90”, “70” + “80”
1628 1608
“70” + “90”, “80” + “80”
1728 1708
“80” + “90”
1828 1808
“90” + “90”
1928 1908
(Sopa) (Sopb)
1491 1451
1591 1551
1691 1651
1791 1751
1891 1851
1991 1951
2091 2051
height: (Ho) 2093, (Hd) 2083, (Hs) 2040, (Hopa) 2174, (Hopb) 2154
Ss – door leaf width (625, 725, 825, 925)
Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame
So, Ho – recommended installation dimension
Sopa, Sopb – width on the external side of the architrave
Hopa, Hopb – height on the external side of the architrave
VERSION B (80 mm)
121
ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAMES
ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAME FOR NON-REBATED DOORS FIESTA
n FIESTA adjustable
UV varnish
LAMISTONE CPL
veneered
SILKSTONE
NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
FB range in mm 76-388
FIESTA
A fixed wooden non-rebated door frame
Door frame shortening available at extra charge
ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAME FOR NON-REBATED DOORS PASSO Alto (FIESTA)
UV varnish
veneered
LAMISTONE CPL
FA range in mm 76-388
The standard door frame kits contain installation holes with a set of plugs. Door frames without installation holes are
available at extra charge.
Frames within ranges wider than the maximum ones given in the above table are available (upon consultation with
the Sales Department).
n DIMENSIONS
angular
architrave
80
adjustment
panel
wooden door frame
gasket
n HINGES
Non-rebated system
type
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”
SFS hinge
Single leaf doors
width
(So)
(Sd)
(Sop)
713
693
836
813
793
936
913
893
1036
1013
993
1136
(Ss)
625
725
825
925
Double leaf doors
width
type
(So)
“60” + “60”
1328
“60” + “70”
1428
“60” + “80”, “70” + “70”
1528
“60” + “90”, “70” + “80”
1628
“70” + “90”, “80” + “80”
1728
“80” + “90”
1828
“90” + “90”
1928
PASSO, CALYPSO, SABIA, VERTO
height: (Ho) 2093, (Hd) 2083, (Hs) 2040, (Hop) 2154
PASSO Alto: height: (Ho) 2293, (Hd) 2283, (Hs) 2240, (Hop) 2354
WAYS OF CONNECTING ARCHITRAVES
FIESTA
122
VERSION B (80 mm)
Ss - door leaf width in rebate Hs - door leaf height in rebate
Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame
So, Ho – recommended installation dimension
Sop – width on the external side of the architrave
Hop – height on the external side of the architrave
(Sd)
1308
1408
1508
1608
1708
1808
1908
(Sop)
1451
1551
1651
1751
1851
1951
2051
ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAMES
n Q-SYSTEM adjustable
white foil for
painted doors
and white: 120
natural
veneers
(collections
I,II,III)
PAINTED
white 000*
SILKSTONE
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
UV varnish
veneered
LAMISTONE
collections: VI, VII
RETRO, LIMBA
ZJ range in mm 62-391
Door frame shortening available at extra charge
* colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141
(min. 2 units), environment-friendly acrylic paints
The standard door frame kits contain installation holes with a set of plugs. Door frames without installation holes are
available at extra charge.
Frames within ranges wider than the maximum ones given in the above table are available (upon consultation with
the Sales Department).
n DIMENSIONS
angular
architrave
80
adjustment
panel
wooden door frame
gasket
n HINGES
Screw-in pivot
A type hinge
Single leaf doors
Screw-in pivot
C type hinge
Screw-in pivot
D type hinge
Double leaf doors
type
“60”
(So)
715
width
(Sd)
695
“70”
815
795
718
“80”
915
895
818
“90”*
1015
995
918
1138
(Ss)
618
type
“60”+“60”
width
(So)
1350
(Sd)
1330
(Sop)
1473
938
“60”+“70”
1450
1430
1573
1038
60” +“80”, “70”+“70”
1550
1530
1673
“60”+“90”, “70”+“80”
1650
1630
1773
“70”+“90”, “80”+“80”
1750
1730
1873
“80”+“90”
1850
1830
1973
“90”+“90”
1950
1930
2073
(Sop)
838
height: (Ho) 2077, (Hd) 2067, (Hs) 2020, (Hop) 2139
Optionally: “100” – available at extra charge, “110”- available at extra charge
Ss - door leaf width in rebate (618, 718, 818, 918)
Hs - door leaf height in rebate Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame
So, Ho – recommended installation dimension
Sop – width on the external side of the architrave
Hop – height on the external side of the architrave
*for the ASTOR, GRAF doors So=989 Sd=969 Ss=892 Sop=1122
The POL-SKONE door frame can be equipped with electric door strike.
Q-SYSTEM door frame
architrave (ZJ)
123
ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAMES
n VERTIGO adjustable
NEW
Range of
Symbol adjustment
(mm)
NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
ZV 1
ZV 2
ZV 3
ZV 4
ZV 5
ZV 6
ZV 7
ZV 8
ZV 9
ZV 10
ZV 11
ZV 12
ZV 13
DUO
75-80
80-85
85-95
95-120
120-140
140-160
160-180
180-200
200-220
220-240
240-260
260-280
280-300
Complete set
Cross rail 75 mm, adjusting architrave 12 mm
Cross rail 80 mm, adjusting architrave 12 mm
Cross rail 85 mm, adjusting architrave 16 mm
Cross rail 95 mm, adjusting architrave 32 mm
Cross rail 120 mm, adjusting architrave 32 mm
Cross rail 140 mm, adjusting architrave 32 mm
Cross rail 160 mm, adjusting architrave 32 mm
Cross rail 180 mm, adjusting architrave 32 mm
Cross rail 200 mm, adjusting architrave 32 mm
Cross rail 220 mm, adjusting architrave 32 mm
Cross rail 240 mm, adjusting architrave 32 mm
Cross rail 260 mm, adjusting architrave 32 mm
Cross rail 280 mm, adjusting architrave 32 mm
Door closer is not available
Cross rails of the below mentioned height
are available on request at extra charge
height of panels
100 mm
200 mm
400 mm
500 mm
600 mm
700 mm
800 mm
900 mm
1000 mm
n DIMENSIONS
Cross rail
width (only single leaf doors)
type
(So)
(Sd)
(Sop)
“60”
690
652
792
(Ss)
625
“70”
790
752
892
725
“80”
890
852
992
825
“90”
990
952
1092
925
height: (Ho) 2082, (Hd) 2070, (Hop) 2353
Sd – door dimension on the external side of the door frame
Hop – height on the external side of the architrave
Sop – width on the external side of the architrave
Hd – height on the external side of the architrave
Ho - height of the installation hole
So - width of the installation hole
Ss - width of the door leaf
n COLOURS
VENEERED
collection I
collection III
312
334
NEW
80
limba
European oak
RETRO – oak veneer
340
ebony
124
404
dark walnut
390
natural walnut
LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
405
light walnut
421
cappucino
422
mokka
424
teak
HARMONY COVERED DOOR FRAME
NEW
NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
The HARMONY aluminium door frame is designed for use in residential and public utility buildings. The
door frame is designed for single leaf doors and it can work with the following swing leaves: PLYTOWE,
TIARA, SIMPLE, INTER AMBER, DECO and DECO LUX.
n SPECIFICATIONS
∙∙Mechanical class: mechanical resistance requirement class 2, i.e. average service
conditions
n DOOR DIMENSIONS
∙∙Opened outwards. Door frame width: “60 - 100”, i.e. “695 - 1095 mm”, height: 2082
mm. Door leaf width: 625 - 1025 mm, door leaf standard height: 2040 mm.
∙∙Door leaves of a height of 2140, 2240, 2340 and 2440 mm are available.
∙∙Opened inwards. Door frame width: “60 - 100”, i.e. “695 - 1095 mm”, height: 2092 mm.
Door leaf width: 625 - 1025 mm, door leaf standard height: 2050 mm.
∙∙Door leaves of a height of 2150, 2250, 2350 and 2450 mm are available.
n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE
∙∙Door leaf in the non-rebated system (opened outwards) or with a groove (opened
inwards). The door leaf structure consists of coniferous wood rail and stile set topped
on both sides with HDF boards. The leaf is filled with a “honeycomb” type cellular
cardboard, perforated or solid chipboard. The rated thickness of the door leaf is 40 mm.
∙∙The door leaf designed in such a way that it can be installed flush with the door frame
surface.
n DOOR LEAF FINISH
∙∙Smooth painted surface, veneered, covered with 0.2-0.7 mm thick CPL laminate, 0.7-1
mm thick HPL laminate or wood look-alike foil.
n DOOR FRAME - COLOURS
∙∙Covered door frame for inward or outward opening leaves, anodised or raw aluminium
one for do-it-yourself painting in the colour of the wall.
n ACCESSORIES
∙∙Standard equipment
∙∙Hidden hinge (adjusted in 3 planes)
∙∙Key-operated, cylinder or bathroom type magnetic lock
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
∙∙Drop seal
Opened inwards
the door dimensions
Opened inwards
the width of door
frame
the width of the
installation hole
“60”
695
705
“70”
795
805
“80”
895
905
“90”
995
1005
“100”
1095
the height of door
frame
the height of the
installation hole
2092
2100
the height of door
frame
the height of the
installation hole
2082
2090
1105
Opened outwards
right
left
the door dimensions
the width of door
frame
the width of the
installation hole
“60”
695
705
“70”
795
805
“80”
895
905
“90”
995
1005
“100”
1095
1105
Door leaf dimensions and number of hinges
600-900 mm x 2040 mm (2 hidden hinges)
Opened outwards
1000 mm x 2040 mm (3 hidden hinges)
600-1000 mm x 2140 mm (3 hidden hinges)
right
left
600-1000 mm x 2240 mm (3 hidden hinges)
600-1000 mm x 2340 mm (4 hidden hinges)
600-1000 mm x 2440 mm (4 hidden hinges)
125
Door metal frames
n Metal FIXED
width
single leaf doors
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
Type of door frame
”60”÷”90”
‘’100’’ ÷ ‘’110’’
double leaf doors
”120”÷”150”
‘’160’’÷’’200’
FD14 small, FD12 large
n FD14 DIMENSIONS
single leaf doors
width
(So)
(Sd)
653
633
753
733
853
833
953
933
1053
1033
1153
1133
semi-gloss / satin surface finish
double leaf doors
width
typ
(Sc)
typ
(So)
(Sd)
“60”
697
“120”
1287
1267
“70”
797
“130”
1387
1367
“80”
897
“140”
1487
1467
“90”
997
“150”
1587
1567
“100”
1097
“160”
1687
1667
“110”
1197
“170”
1787
1767
“180”
1887
1867
“190”
1987
1967
“200”
2087
2067
So – hole width; Sd - external side of the door frame width, Sc – door frame total width
Ho – hole height 2046; Hc – door frame total height 2068 mm
(Sc)
1331
1431
1531
1631
1731
1831
1931
2031
2131
n FD12 DIMENSIONS
n DOOR FRAME STRUCTURE
∙∙The door frame is made of top quality 1.2 mm thick steel sheet
∙∙The frame consists of: major door frame; adjustable frame; circumferential seal; pivot
hinges
n COATING
∙∙Door frame coated with powder paint, standard colours: white (RAL 9016), grey (RAL
7047), brown (RAL 8017), beige (RAL 1001)
∙∙Other colours according to RAL pallette are available at extra charge minimum 25 door
frame units/1 colour
n HARDWARE
∙∙Pivot hinges – 2 units for widths “60”-“80”, 3 units for widths “90”, “100”, “110”, ARCO
∙∙Circumferential seal in the colours of: white, grey, brown
n ACCESSORIES included in door frame price
∙∙Hex key
∙∙Anchor plugs (door frame fitted to brick wall)
∙∙Self drilling screws (door frame fitted to gypsum board wall)
n ADDITIONAL OPTIONS
∙∙Reinforcement for surface-mount door closer - extra charge
∙∙Made of zinc-coated sheet metal - extra charge
∙∙Compatible with an electric door strike - extra charge
∙∙Standard door frame designed to be fitted with ready built walls and floors
126
single leaf doors
width
(So)
(Sd)
681
671
781
771
881
871
981
971
1081
1071
1181
1171
double leaf doors
width
typ
(Sc)
typ
(So)
(Sd)
“60”
697
“120”
1315
1305
“70”
797
“130”
1415
1405
“80”
897
“140”
1515
1505
“90”
997
“150”
1615
1605
“100”
1097
“160”
1715
1705
“110”
1197
“170”
1815
1805
“180”
1915
1905
“190”
2015
2005
“200”
2115
2105
So – hole width; Sd - external side of the door frame width, Sc – door frame total width
Ho – hole height 2046; Hc – door frame total height 2068 mm
n HINGES
standard:
screw-in pivot
B type hinge
option available
at extra charge:
three-piece
T type hinge
(Sc)
1305
1405
1531
1605
1705
1805
1905
2005
2105
Door metal frames
n Metal adjustable
width
single leaf doors
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
“60”÷“90”
double leaf doors
“100”÷“110”
“120”÷“150”
“160”÷“200”
ZO range in mm 95-365
Frames within ranges wider than the maximum ones given in the above table are available (upon consultation with
the Sales Department).
n DIMENSIONS
semi-gloss / satin surface finish
n DOOR FRAME STRUCTURE
∙∙The door frame is made of top quality 1.5 mm thick steel sheet
∙∙The frame consists of: major door frame; adjustable frame; circumferential seal; pivot
hinges
n COATING
∙∙Door frame coated with powder paint, standard colours: white (RAL 9016), grey (RAL
7047), brown (RAL 8017), beige (RAL 1001)
∙∙Other colours according to RAL pallette are available at extra charge minimum 25 door
frame units/1 colour
n HARDWARE
∙∙Pivot hinges – 2 units for widths “60”-“80”, 3 units for widths “90”, “100”, “110”, ARCO
∙∙Circumferential seal in the colours of: white, grey, brown
single leaf doors
type
(So)
(Sc)
“60”
684
“70”
“80”
n ADDITIONAL OPTIONS
∙∙Reinforcement for surface-mount door closer - extra charge
∙∙Made of zinc-coated sheet metal - extra charge
∙∙Compatible with an electric door strike - extra charge
∙∙Standard door frame designed to be fitted with ready built walls and floors
width
(Ho)
type
(So)
(Sc)
717
“120”
1318
1351
784
817
“130”
1418
1451
884
917
“140”
1518
1551
“90”
984
1017
“150”
1618
1651
“100”
1084
1117
“160”
1718
1751
“110”
1184
1217
“170”
1818
1851
“180”
1918
1951
“190”
2018
2051
“200”
2118
2151
2062
n ACCESSORIES included in door frame price
∙∙Hex key
∙∙Anchor plugs (door frame fitted to brick wall)
∙∙Self drilling screws (door frame fitted to gypsum board wall)
double leaf doors
width
(Hc)
2078
(Ho)
(Hc)
2062
2078
So – hole width (+5 mm/-0 mm); Sc – door frame total width
Ho – hole height (+5 mm/-0 mm); Hc – door frame total height
Fixed and adjustable non-rebated metal door frames are also available for building development projects.
n HINGES
standard:
screw-in pivot
B type hinge
option available
at extra charge:
three-piece
T type hinge
127
CROWNS
Crown for single leaf rebated doors “60”-“90”
on one side (1 unit)
Veneers collection I, II, III,
RETRO, LIMBA, SEMPRE Lux, SAHARA, KONGO
Q-system door
frame architrave
(ZJ)
LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE
For painted door (white foil)*
INTER-AMBER Collection – ECO TOP surface finish
for DIN system
adjustable
door frame (ZP)
DUO SYSTEM
HIGH TOP, LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE surface finish
For painted door (white foil)*
Veneers - collection I, II, III, VII, RETRO, LIMBA, SEMPRE Lux, SAHARA, KONGO
Available at extra charge when needed for double leaf doors
Crown “100”, “110” – available at extra charge
*colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to
the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units), environment-friendly acrylic paints
To order a crown for Q-SYSTEM door frame (ZJ), it is required to specify the
door side, on which it is to be mounted (hinge side / adjustment side)
Crown for single leaf rebated doors on one side
Q-SYSTEM door frame crown external
Q-SYSTEM door frame crown external
dimension
dimension
Hinge side, range ZJ1-ZJ11
Adjustment side, range ZJ1-ZJ3
Adjustment side, range ZJ4-ZJ11
width
width
type
(Sk)
type
(Sk)
“60”
905
“60”
915
“70”
1005
“70”
1015
“80”
1105
“80”
1115
“90”**
1205
“90”*
1215
“60” + “60"
1540
“60” + “60"
1550
“60" + “70"
1640
“60" + “70"
1650
“70" + “70", “60" + “80" 1740
“70" + “70", “60" + “80" 1750
“70" + “80", “60" + “90" 1840
“70" + “80", “60" + “90" 1850
“80" + “80", “70" + “90" 1940
“80" + “80", “70" + “90" 1950
“80" + “90"
2040
“80" + “90"
2050
“90" + “90"
2140
“90" + “90"
2150
height: (Hk) 2157
height: (Hk) 2162
* 1199 for the ASTOR; GRAF
DIN door frame crown external
dimension, Polish standard
** 1189 for the ASTOR; GRAF
width
type
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”***
“60” + “60"
“60" + “70"
“70" + “70", “60" + “80"
“70" + “80", “60" + “90"
“80" + “80", “70" + “90"
“80" + “90"
“90" + “90"
height: (Hk)2149
(Sk)
822
922
1022
1122
1456
1556
1656
1756
1856
1956
2056
***1096 for the ASTOR; GRAF
Duo door frame crown external
dimension
Hinge side, range D/1-D/10
Adjustment side, range D/3-D/10
width
type
(Sk)
“60”
913
“70”
1013
“80”
1113
“90”****
1213
“60+60”
1528
“60+70”
1628
“60+80, 70+70”
1728
“60+90, 70+80”
1828
“70+90, 80+80”
1928
“80+90”
2028
“90+90”
2128
height: (Hk)2177
****1206 mm for the ASTOR DUO,
GRAF DUO
Duo door frame crown external
dimension
Adjustment side, range D/1-D/2
width
type
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”*****
“60+60”
“60+70”
“60+80, 70+70”
“60+90, 70+80”
“70+90, 80+80”
“80+90”
“90+90”
height: (Hk)2172
DIN Duo door frame crown
external dimension
width
type
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”
“60+60”
“60+70”
“60+80, 70+70”
“60+90, 70+80”
“70+90, 80+80”
“80+90”
“90+90”
height: (Hk)2156
(Sk)
903
1003
1103
1203
1518
1618
1718
1818
1918
2018
2118
(Sk)
870
970
1070
1170
1485
1585
1685
1785
1885
1985
2085
*****1196 mm for the ASTOR DUO,
GRAF DUO
The ASTOR DUO, GRAF DUO doors are not available with the “90+90” width
PORTHOLES
for interior doors
Matt, safe glass – included in the standard
Transparent glass - extra charge (not applicable BMJ)
It is required to order chipboard when installing a viewer
view from the
side of hinges
DOOR MODELS
reverse
porthole 1 (Ø 240 mm, 11, 18, 40 mm thick)
porthole 2 (Ø 320 mm, 11, 18, 40 mm thick)
BMD
porthole 3 (Ø 350 mm, 11, 18, 40 mm thick)
porthole 4 (Ø 400 mm, 11, 18, 40 mm thick)
view from the
side of hinges
reverse
porthole 1 (Ø 250 mm, 35-45 mm thick)
porthole 2 (Ø 300 mm, 35-45 mm thick)
BMJ
porthole 3 (Ø 350 mm, 35-45 mm thick)
porthole 4 (Ø 400 mm, 35-45 mm thick)
view from the
side of hinges
porthole 2 (Ø 300 mm, 35-45 mm thick)
porthole 3 (Ø 350 mm, 35-45 mm thick)
porthole 4 (Ø 400 mm, 35-45 mm thick)
128
stainless steel
(matt)
glass
- lakomat
reverse
porthole 1 (Ø 250 mm, 35-45 mm thick)
BMN
stainless steel
(matt)
glass
- lakomat
stainless steel
(matt)
glass
- lakomat
ARGENT
CLASSIC
CLASSIC LUX,
CLASSIC LUX DUO
DECO
DECO LUX SOFT, DECO LUX
ETIUDA Version B0
ETIUDA LUX Version B0
FORM
GRAND LUX
IMPULS
INTERSOLID II2
INTERSOLID, INTERSOLID SOFT
SAHARA, KONGO
MILENIUM LUX
MODERN, MODERN DUO
PLYTOWE, PLYTOWE DUO
VENA
INTER-AMBER
SIMPLE, SIMPLE DUO
L-PROJEKT
Portholes are not available for the remaining door models.
PORTHOLES ONLY
IN FLUSH VERSIONS
(BMD,BMJ,BMN)
BMD,BMJ,BMN
NOTES
1
1)
BMD
(BMD,BMJ,BMN)1
(BMD,BMJ,BMN)1
1)
porthole only with patterns W03, W09
BMD,BMJ,BMN
BMD,BMJ,BMN
BMD,BMJ,BMN
BMD,BMJ,BMN
BMD1
BMD1
(BMD,BMJ,BMN)1
(BMD,BMJ,BMN)1
BMD1
BMD,BMJ,BMN
(BMD,BMJ,BMN)1
BMD,BMJ,BMN
BMD,BMJ,BMN
BMD,BMJ,BMN1
p orthole only with widths “70”, “80”, “90”
only in version W01
1)
porthole only with widths “70”, “80”, “90”
2)
not applicable to the pattern 10, 11
1)
porthole only with widths “70”, “80”, “90”
1)
only in versions A, B, C
1)
porthole only with widths “70”, “80”, “90”
1)
porthole only with widths “70”, “80”, “90”
1)
1)
porthole only with widths “70”, “80”, “90”
1)
not applicable to the pattern S1, S2
STRIPS
laminated
veneered
HIGH TOP
ECO TOP
LAMISTONE CPL
SILKSTONE
white foil for
painted doors
and white: 120
PAINTED
white 000*
wood-like
laminate for
laminated doors
LC1 OVAL STRIP
UV varnish
natural
veneers
(collections
I,II,III)
collections:
IV, V, VI, VII
RETRO,
LIMBA
symbol
LC1F
LC1F
LC1F
LC1F
LC1O
LC1R
per complete set for
single leaf door
x
x
x
x
x
x
per complete set for
double leaf door
x
x
x
x
x
x
LD4O
LD4R
LD4 MASKING STRIP
symbol
-
-
-
-
x
x
per complete set for
double leaf door
-
-
-
-
x
x
23
23
per complete set for
single leaf door
symbol
LD1F
LD1F
LD1F
LD1F
per complete set for
single leaf door
x
x
x
x
-
-
per complete set for
double leaf door
x
x
x
x
-
-
23
15
23
LD1 MASKING STRIP
15
symbol
LD6F
LD6F
LD6F
LD6F
LD6O
LD6R
per complete set for
single leaf door
x
x
x
x
x
x
per complete set for
double leaf door
x
x
x
x
x
x
LD7 MASKING STRIP
15
15
23
23
15
23
LD6 MASKING STRIP
symbol
LD7F
LD7F
LD7F
LD7F
LD7O
LD7R
per complete set for
single leaf door
x
x
x
x
x
x
per complete set for
double leaf door
x
x
x
x
x
x
80
symbol
LD10F
LD10F
LD10F
LD10F
per complete set for
single leaf door
x
x
x
x
-
-
per complete set for
double leaf door
x
x
x
x
-
-
LD8O**
LD8O***
15
15
LD10 MASKING STRIP
LD8 MASKING STRIP
80
symbol
per complete set for
single leaf door
-
-
-
-
x
x
per complete set for
double leaf door
-
-
-
-
x
x
the complete set contains 2 vertical strips, 16 mm thick, and 1 horizontal strip, 12 mm thick
80
LD9 MASKING STRIP
LD9O**
LD9O***
-
x
x
-
x
x
symbol
per complete set for
single leaf door
-
-
-
per complete set for
double leaf door
-
-
-
the complete set contains 2 vertical strips, 16 mm thick, and 1 horizontal strip, 12 mm thick
n RECOMMENDED CONNECTIONS OF STRIPS
*available at extra charge according to the colour
specification table - p. 141
**veneered: European oak
***veneered: ebony, light walnut, dark walnut
LD8, LD9
A complete set for single leaf doors: 2 strips, length: 2200 mm + 1 strip, length: 1150 mm;
A complete set for double leaf doors: 3 strips, length: 2200 mm
LC1, LD1, LD4, LD6, LD7, LD10
A complete set for single leaf doors: 2 strips, length: 2150 mm + 1 strip, length: 1150 mm;
A complete set for double leaf doors: 3 strips, length: 2150 mm
129
ACCESSORIES
n HOOK LOCK (2100 SYSTEM)
n HANDLES
n HANDLES
plastic
brass
for folding doors (option)
for folding doors (standard)
56 mm
124 mm
for sliding doors
O2
beige
O1
white
O3
brown
O4
grey
O5
golden
O6
golden-satina
O7
patina
O9
chrome
O8
chrome-satina
optional: WC, WK lock
chrome, chrome satina,
golden, golden-matt, patina
The price of optional handles for folding
and sliding doors is a complete set price (incl. 2 units).
n HANDLES for sliding doors
nickel-satina
U2
golden-matt
U3
chrome
U4
chrome-satina
189 mm
U1
golden
160 mm
124 mm
nickel-satina
U5
patina
ENTERO handle*
MAYA handle*
handle
(cylinder 26.5 x 26.5)
handle
handle WK, WB
handle WC
n DOOR CLOSER
WK – the key-operated type, WB – the cylinder type,
WC – the bathroom privacy lock type
* Not applicable to the models: ASTRO, ASTRO Lux pattern W4, W4S
n DOOR STOPS
TYPE 2 (FLOOR TYPE)
Reinforcement for
door closer and
under the door frame
architrave is required.
DOOR CLOSER
handle WC
There are other door
closer models available
upon consultation with
the Sales Department.
brass, nickel,
chrome, brown
Adaptable only to
a min. 40 mm thick
leaf (lower rail)
TYPE 5 (FLOOR TYPE)
OPENER ASSISTANT
brass, nickel,
chrome, brown
drop gasket
n HINGE CAPS, TYPE I (a complete set of 2 units for one hinge)
n HINGE CAPS, TYPE II (a complete set of 2 units for one hinge)
Colours: golden, golden-satina,
chrome, chrome-mattt, patina
Colours: white, brown, golden,
golden-satina, chrome,
chrome-matt, patina
The type II covers are used for the A, B and D type
hinges. A single hinge cover set includes a short cover
(the upper part) and the longer cover (the lower part).
The type I covers are used for the C
type and K type hinges. A single
hinge cover set includes two identical covers.
n HINGES for interior doors
Rebated system
Rebated system
Rebated system
Rebated system
Rebated system
Non-rebated system
Non-rebated system
Rebated system
Screw-in pivot
A type hinge
Screw-in pivot
B type hinge
Screw-in pivot
C type hinge
Screw-in pivot
D type hinge
Screw-in pivot
K type hinge
SFS hinge
(NOBLE, FIESTA
SYSTEM)
ARGENTA type hidden
adjustable hinge (DUO
SYSTEM)
Three-piece
T type hinge
130
TYPES OF GLAZING
Available at extra charges added to door leaf or single leaf door prices
(double leaf doors: the price x 2).
Not applicable to the models: FORM, NOBLE, IMPULS,
collections FIESTA, ETIUDA A1-A3, SEMPRE, HAPPY.
Glass thickness 4 mm
n GROUP I
KP
CP
KURA
BB
CB
CHINCHILA
colourless
plain, transparent,
colourless
colourless, brown
n GROUP II
n GROUP III
PS
TA
point-s
THELA
colourless
n GROUP IV
Glass thickness 4 mm
Glass thickness 4 mm
DR
DL
BI
DIAGONAL
colourless
BR
BG*
MATT
white matt, brown matt, graphite satin
*Glass pane trimmed only the models SEMPRE, SEMPRE Alu,
SEMPRE Lux, SEMPRE Lux Alu, SEMPRE Sense, SEMPRE Verse
(pattern W05**)
**Glass thickness 6 mm
DG
DX
DECORMAT
white, brown, graphite
Only Sempre Verse (patterns W01-W04 white, brown, graphite),
Passo (patterns W06, W07 white, brown) Passo Alto (patterns W07-W09 white, brown)
131
ARCO, ARCO ALU
X2
ARGENT
INTER-AMBER
IMPULS, CREO, NOSTRE
IMPULS 13
ETIUDA B2, B3,
ETIUDA LUX B , B3
ETIUDA A1, B1
ETIUDA B0, B4
ETIUDA LUX A1, B1
ETIUDA LUX B0
DECO, DECO VARIO
X
X
X
X
ASTRO, ASTRO LUX
X1
X
X
X
X2 X2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Protection of the bottom rail
against humidity*
Plastic tubes T1-T4,
T10,T13-T15
Plastic tubes T258-T297
Plastic tubes T121-T147, T258,
T292, T295
Plastic tubes TK1-TK3
Brass tubes T5-T7
Tubes TN1-TN5
Brass tubes TK5
Ventilation trim standard
Ventilation trim FIESTA
Ventilation trim SEMPRE
Ventilation trim ARCO
double slot ventilator
triple slot ventilator
Plastic grill
Stainless steel grill
VENTILATION OPTIONS
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X1
X
X
X1
X
X
X1
X
X
X1
X
X
X
704
“90”
944
804
slot ventilator in panel leaves – extra charge
1)
Ventilation grill only with the "70", "80" and "90" width models
1)
Only in the version B1 2) Only in widths “70”, “80”, “90”
1)
Only in the version B1 2) Only in widths “70”, “80”, “90”
FIESTA/NOBLE/PAINTED DUO
X
X1
X
X1
X
X
X2
X
X2
X
X
X1
X
X1
X
X
X1 X1 X1 X1 X2
X1 X1
X
O nly available on patterns W1, W2, W3, W4, W5, W6,
W7, W7S, W7A
2)
Only available on patterns W1, W2, W3, W4, W5, W6
X
X X X X X
X1 X1
X
1)
X
X X X X X
X
X X
X
X
X X X X X
X
X1 X1
X
X
B
844
2)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Trim only with "80" and "90" the width models
The width “60” offers 3 tubes as a standard
1)
Not applicable to the width “60” in patterns W03, W09
1)
X1
X X
X X
X X
X
NOTES
PANEL STRUCTURE
A
“80”
X2
X
X2
X
X
X
X
X
Ventilation trim in non-rebated doors in
FIESTA ’09 and NOBLE collection and painted DUO – extra charge
STANDARD
1)
FORM, INTERSOLID, INTERSOLID
SOFT, INTERSOLID II, SAHARA,
KONGO, MODERN,
QUATTRO SOFT, HAPPY
DECO LUX, DECO LUX SOFT,
DECO LUX SOFT VARIO,
GRAND LUX, MILENIUM LUX,
PLYTOWE, VENA, VITTORIA-W,
SIMPLE, ASTOR, GRAF, CLASSIC,
CLASSIC LUX, TIARA
FIORD
LUMEN
NOBLE I, NOBLE II
PASSO, PASSO ALTO
SABIA, CALYPSO
FOLDING DOORS
VERTO
SEMPRE LUX, SEMPRE LUX ALU,
SEMPRE Inserto, SEMPRE Sense,
SEMPRE Verse3 (veneered),
SEMPRE GRAVI
SEMPRE, SEMPRE ALU,
SEMPRE ONDA, SEMPRE VERSE3
(Lamistone, Silkstone)
L-PROJEKT
VERTIGO, VERTIGO LUX
X1
X
X X X X
X
X
X
X
X X
X X
X X X X1
X
X
Ventilation grill only with the standard height
Ventilation trim in rebated veneered doors
- extra charge
ventilation trim in other door versions
- extra charge
1)
ARCO
Ventilation grill only with the standard height
Trim available only in models I-IX
1)
Ventilation grill only with the standard height and the "70",
"80" and "90" width models
1)
X1 X1
X
X1
1)
Only in the model CLASSIC
1)
Trim available only in models I-IV
Trim only available on widths “80”, “90”
The width “60” offers 3 tubes as a standard
3)
Not applicable to the pattern W05, W06, W07, W08, W09
ARCO “80” with ventilation trim
ARCO “90” with ventilation trim
1)
X2 X2
X1
X1
2)
VERTIGO
Trim only available on widths “80”, “90”
2)
The width “60” offers 3 tubes as a standard
3)
Not applicable to the pattern W05, W06, W07, W08, W09
1)
Not applicable to the pattern S1, S2
1)
X2
X2 X2
X
X
X1
X X X X
X
X X X X X
VERIMO
X
X X
2
2
X1
X
X
1
X X
X1 X1
X
X
1)
1)
X
2
1
2)
Ventilation grill only with the standard height
Trim only with “80” and “90” the width models
The width “60” offers 3 tubes as a standard
VERTIGO “80” leaf with slot ventilator
VERTIGO “90” leaf with slot ventilator
* Not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim For the DUO collection, the ventilation options are available as for the individual door models
n VENTILATION*
SEMPRE/ SEMPRE DUO
SEMPRE
VERIMO
ARCO
LUMEN/VERTO
132
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”
“100”
“110”
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”
“100”
“110”
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”
“100”
“60”
“70”
“80”
“90”
“100”
0,019
0,022
0,026
0,029
0,033
0,036
0,016
0,020
0,024
0,028
0,032
0,036
0,015
0,019
0,023
0,027
0,017
0,021
0,026
0,030
0,034
0,014
0,018
0,023
0,027
0,032
0,009
0,010
0,011
0,012
0,013
0,014
0,009
0,010
0,011
0,012
0,013
0,014
0,010
0,011
0,012
0,013
0,009
0,010
0,011
0,012
0,014
25**
20**
15**
15**
10**
10**
25**
20**
15**
15**
10**
10**
20**
15**
15**
10**
25**
20**
15**
15**
10**
0,011
0,012
0,013
0,014
0,015
0,016
0,011
0,012
0,013
0,014
0,015
0,016
-
An additional clearance between
door leaf lower edge and floor is
required to fulfil requirements of
the regulation* [mm]
Cumulative cross-section of
tubes and standard clearance
10mm [m2]
Cumulative cross-section of
tubes and standard clearance
10mm [m2]
An additional clearance between
door leaf lower edge and floor is
required to fulfil requirements of
the regulation* [mm]
An additional clearance between
door leaf lower edge and floor is
required to fulfil requirements of
the regulation* [mm]
10**
15**
5**
15**
5**
15**
10**
-
DOOR WITH TWO ROWS
OF VENTILATION TUBES
20**
15**
15**
10**
10**
10**
20**
15**
15**
10**
10**
10**
-
SEMPRE “80” with ventilation trim
SEMPRE “90” with ventilation trim
PDF stworzony przez wersję demonstracyjną pdfFactory Pro www.pdffactory.com
Clearance between door leaves and floor: max. 35 mm
DUO/FIESTA/NOBLE/
LPROJEKT
(NON- Rebated )
Rebated
DOOR WIDTH
Total cross-section of ventilation
holes with the 10mm clearance
maintained [m2]
DOOR WITH VENTILATION TRIM
DOOR WITH
VENTILATION TUBES
SEMPRE “80” leaf with slot ventilator
SEMPRE “90” leaf with slot ventilator
PDF stworzony przez wersję demonstracyjną pdfFactory Pro www.pdffactory.com
One or two rows
of ventilation tubes
slot ventilator in the SEMPRE collection leaves
- extra charge
Panel with ventilation surface
Ventilation trim
Double-sided panel
“70”, “80”, “90”, “100” - extra charge
Standard clearance between the door leaf and floor is 10 mm.
*Following the Regulation by the Minister of Infrastructure, dated April 12, 2002 in the matter of the technical conditions to be satisfied by
buildings and their location. (Journal of Laws No. 75 of 2002, item 690 with subsequent amendments, Journal of Laws No. 33 of 2003, item 270,
Journal of Laws No. 109 of 2004, item 1156) Chapter 6, §.79. “Bathroom door, washroom door and separated water closet door should open
outwards of the room, be at least 0.8 m wide and 2 m height within the frame passage (with exception of § 75 article 2), and the bottom part should
contain air inflow holes of the minimum total section area of 0.022 m2”
** Increase the clearance by the specified value by shortening the door leaf from the bottom side in case when shortening is possible.
Door leaves in which shortening is impossible.
- Etiuda, (Etiuda Lux) patterns A1-A3
- Astro, Astro Lux patterns W1S-W9S and W1A-W9A
- Sempre Verse patterns W05-W08
Sliding door leaves fulfil requirements of the regulation without the need to add a ventilation trim or ventilation tubes due to their structural design (set
away from wall/tunnel by about 20 mm).
The ventilation grills and the stainless steel panels with ventilation surface fulfil requirements of the regulation.
VENTILATION OPTIONS
n VENTILATION TUBES (a complete set of 4 units)
T5
chrome
T7
patina
T6
satinised chrome
TN1
chrome gloss
TK5
stainless steel
TN2
chrome matt
TN3
nickel-satina
TN4
height quality steel effect
TN5
patina
n VENTILATION TUBES made of plastic (a complete set of 4 units)
TK1
chrome-satina
T1
brown
TK2
nickel-satina
T2
beige
T3
golden
TK3
golden-satina
T4
white
T10
light brown
T13
light beige
T14
grey
T15
black
T258
white
T263
premium walnut
T265
wenge
T138
premium oak
T132
nut
T133
dark oak
T136
dark acacia
T140
dark ash
T141
Salinas oak
T142
white pine
T143
Scandinavian oak
T144
bright aralia
T145
dark aralia
T292
T293
T294
T295
T276
T296
T297
T279
Royal chestnut Royal anthracite Royal ash tree Royal merbau
Polish oak
Polish ash tree Royal nougat Brazilian nut tree
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural.
The ventilation tubes do not fulfil the requirements of the Ministerial regulation concerning the cumulative cross-section of the holes for air supply.
T284
Siberian oak
T288
Royal maple
T295
British oak
T137
nut Palermo
T139
southern oak
SILKSTONE
T258
white
T122
T124
T125
bavaria beech Caucasian walnut common walnut
T129
chestnut
T131
maple
ECO TOP
T121
oak
T260
white oak
HIGH TOP
LAMISTONE CPL
n VENTILATION TUBES made of plastic (a complete set of 4 units) - ARCO, ARCO Alu, IMPULS, ETIUDA, INTER-AMBER
T147
patina ash
T292
coffee ash
T132
Italian walnut
n Ventilation grills*
made of plastic
made of stainless steel
white
brown
beige
grey
H17 clip fastening
Grills and panels made of stainless steel are optionally available
The area of air inflow holes is more than 0.022 m2
acid resistant, clip fastening
*Following the Regulation by the Minister of Infrastructure, dated April 12, 2002 in the matter of the technical conditions to be satisfied by buildings and their location. (Journal of Laws No. 75 of 2002, item 690 with
subsequent amendments, Journal of Laws No. 33 of 2003, item 270, Journal of Laws No. 109 of 2004, item 1156) Chapter 6, §.79. “Bathroom door, washroom door and separated water closet door should open
outwards of the room, be at least 0.8 m wide and 2 m height within the frame passage (with exception of § 75 article 2), and the bottom part should contain air inflow holes of the minimum total section area of 0.022 m2”
133
CERBER II
n STRUCTURE
∙∙Door leaf (rebated system – for a standard metal frame): wooden rail and stile topped
with two HDF boards, core made of perforated chipboard, optional: solid chipboard
(extra charge)
∙∙Door (rebated system): door leaf, fixed or adjustable pine wood door frame, threshold with
aluminium strip
n WAY OF OPENING
Three-point
mortise bolt lock
Angular sheet
∙∙Traditional (inwards) or outwards
n HARDWARE
∙∙Door (a complete set including a door frame): pivot hinge, adjustable in 3 planes
(3 units)- silver, 2 independent anti-burglar bolts; two three-bolt mortise cylinder locks
(without cylinders); the viewer - silver
∙∙Rebated door leaf: pivot hinges suitable for metal door frames which comply with the
Polish industrial standards (2 units in “80”, 3 units in “90”), 2 independent anti-burglar
bolts; two single-point mortise cylinder locks (without cylinders); the viewer - silver
∙∙Door VERSION 37 dB: pivot hinge, adjustable in 3 planes (3 units) - silver,
5 independent anti-burglar bolts; strip type multi-point lock with class 6 cylinders;
the viewer – silver
Multi-point strip type
lock bolt
in 37 dB VERSION
Oak threshold with an
aluminium strip
Pivot hinge, adjustable
in 3 planes
n Technical Specifications
∙∙Acoustic insulation: class 27 dB or class 37 dB
n DIMENSIONS
∙∙Door leaf (dimensions in rebate): 818, 918 x 2020 mm
∙∙Door (on the external side of the frame): 895, 995 x 2067 mm
∙∙Door: the 37 dB VERSION (on the external side of the door frame): 1012 x 2075 mm
The door design enables shortening to 50 mm - standard
n CORES
Perforated
chipboard
Solid chipboard
(option)
pattern A1
pattern A2
pattern A3
CERBER ALU available with the LAMISTONE colour scheme,
the SILKSTONE colour scheme, veneered
(in case of inquiries related with development projects, CERBER ALU in other colour scheme is available).
134
Technical Approval ITB: AT-15-8773/2011
Technical Approval ITB: AT-15-7560/2013
Aluminium strips for the CERBER doors, pattern 1, 2, 3 available at an extra charge
The solid chipboard core must be used.
n CERBER II DOOR LEAVES (versions)
FLUSH VERSION 00
DECOR 02
DECOR 03
VERSION 37 dB 00
POL-SKONE offers fire-proof doors with sound insulation
and smoke control as well as many solutions for the
project development market
in a separate publication
The adjustable door frame can be used with the entrance door (p. 139)
(not applicable to PCV surface) and the Q-SYSTEM frame (p. 123)
n COLOURS
Environment-friendly and wear-resistant surface.
ECO TOP
HIGH TOP
NEW
120
121
white
122
oak
137
139
Palermo
walnut
124
125
bavaria beech Caucasian
walnut
southern oak
140
141
dark ash
131
common
walnut
133
nut
135
dark oak
British oak
136
dark acacia
143
white pine
144
Scandinavian
oak
bright aralia
145
chestnut
138
147
premium oak patina ash
148
coffee ash
CPL
Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear
and impact of chemical agents. Recommended for public utility
buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in
hotels, offices.
146
dark aralia
129
LAMISTONE
NEW
142
Salinas oak
132
maple
NEW
Italian walnut
PAINTED
CPL 0,2 mm
LAMINATED
CPL 0,5 mm*
258
white
NEW
820
221
white
222
beech
223
grey
cherry tree
229
821
oak
anthracite
920
251
252
beech
259
oak
921
grey
anthracite
965
wenge
HPL 0.6 - 1.0 mm
laminates can be
optionally used
K1238 AR+ 0901-HW
L-P 5G
VENEERED
light oak
9417-HW
L-P 20G
863
premium
walnut
4447-6
312
326
limba
323
beech
L-P 21
332
rustic oak
334
maple
European oak
350
graphite
351
marrone
293
Royal
anthracite
NEW
371
NEW
372
NEW
380
NEW
381
NEW
382
263
premium
walnut
265
wenge
Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with
additional, unique real wood grain effect.
279
284
Siberian oak
Royal maple
288
292
294
295
296
297
Brazilian
nut tree
Royal chestnut
Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat
collection VI
352
nero
LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
NEW
white oak
SILKSTONE
Exemplary HPL colours.
To agree on the details, consult
the Sales Department; available
finishes: matt or gloss.
collection VII
370
white
colours of RAL and NCS
(NCS s0500-N) palettes (except the
metallic ones)
Environment-friendly
acrylic paints, colours of
RAL and NCS palettes
(except the metallic
ones) – available at extra
charge according to the
colour specification table
276
- p. 141 (min. 2 units).
Polish oak
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to
scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers.
collection II
collection III
collection IV
collection I
311
L-P 9G
260
000
The colours printed
in this catalogue
may vary from the
actual colours due
to the quality of
height volume print
process.
NEW
white
HPL*
*Available for construction development inquiries after
consultation with the Sales Department
611-613
SAHARA
621-623
KONGO
RETRO – oak veneer
NEW
383
421
422
424
340
404
405
cappucino
mokka
teak
ebony
dark walnut
light walnut
white-stained truffle oak
coffee oak
natural ash
moreno ash rubio ash
negro ash
oak
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves and door frames are possible. The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are
natural.
135
ANTI-BURGLAR DOOR B-30/C-30
The door is designed for closing openings inside buildings. It can be used as internal entrance door leading from
corridors or staircases to apartments in multifamily buildings, to residential rooms in collective dwellings and
to rooms in public utility buildings.
n SPECIFICATIONS
Fire resistance: 30 min Acoustic insulation:
class Rw = 37 dB
Enhanced resistance
to burglary
Smoke control
W0
B-30
n DIMENSIONS (on the external side of the door frame)
∙∙1012 x 2075 mm
∙∙Optional dimensions: 880x1950 mm; 880x2000 mm; 880x2075 mm; 980x1950 mm;
980x2000 mm; 980x2075 mm; 1012x1950 mm; 1012x2000 mm
∙∙Availability of 1112 x 2175 mm door conforms to the increased anti-burglar protection
standard, III European anti-burglary class, fire resistance: 30 min, acoustic insulation:
37 dB, without the smoke control standard
n STRUCTURE
∙∙Door leaf: wooden rail and stile set, topped with two HDF boards, the core made of a
special POL-SKONE structure, door leaf thickness 56 mm
∙∙Door frame: standard - fixed pine wood door frame, the door frame with one-side
adjustment is optional
∙∙20 mm height oak threshold
n WAY OF OPENING
∙∙Opened outwards or inwards
n HARDWARE
C-30
n DIMENSIONS (on the external side of the door frame)
∙∙1012 x 2075 mm
∙∙Optional dimensions: 880x1950 mm; 880x2000 mm; 880x2075 mm; 980x1950 mm;
980x2000 mm; 980x2075 mm; 1012x1950 mm; 1012x2000 mm
∙∙Availability of 1112 x 2175 mm door; conforms to the increased class “C” anti-burglary
protection standard, III European anti-burglary class, fire resistance: 30 min, acoustic
insulation: 37 dB, without the smoke control standard - available for construction
development inquiries after consultation with the Sales Department
n STRUCTURE
∙∙Door leaf: wooden rail and stile set, topped with two HDF boards, the core made of a
special POL-SKONE structure, door leaf thickness 56 mm
∙∙Door frame: standard - fixed pine wood door frame, the door frame with one-side
adjustment is optional
∙∙20 mm height oak threshold
n WAY OF OPENING
∙∙Opened outwards or inwards
∙∙Strip type mortise four-point bolt lock (2 bolts, 2 hooks), spacing: 72 mm, colour: silver
∙∙3 pivot hinges adjustable in 3 planes in silver colour, 5 anti-burglar bolts
n HARDWARE
∙∙Recommended equipment: the GARDA rose, the GARDA class 3 handle, class 6
cylinders 6, viewer - extra charge
∙∙The standard includes: a hole drilled for the GARDA handle*
∙∙NOTE! The door should be provided with an automatic door closer conforming to the
requirements of the PN-EN 1154:1999/A1:2004/AC:2010 standards and door handles
conforming to the requirements of the PN-EN 1906:2012 standard to meet the fire
resistance conditions. To ensure that the door meets anti-burglar specifications, door
handles should comply with min. class 3 anti-burglar resistance rating whereas door
lock cylinders should comply with min. class 4 key-related resistance rating and min.
class 1 attack resistance rating according to the PN-EN 1303:2007+AC:2008 standard.
n EQUIPMENT
∙∙III European anti-burglary resistance class
∙∙Smoke control: Sa, Sm
∙∙Fire resistance: 30 min
∙∙Acoustic insulation: 37db
n TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
n EQUIPMENT
n TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
* Available without drilled holes, it is recommended to use an increased anti-burglary resistance handle
136
∙∙Strip type mortise five-point bolt lock (2 bolts, 3 hooks), spacing: 72 mm, colour: silver
∙∙3 pivot hinges adjustable in 3 planes in silver colour, 5 anti-burglar bolts
∙∙Handle and plate set with cylinder protection, class 6 cylinders (nickel-satin), viewer
available at extra charge
∙∙NOTE! The door should be provided with an automatic door closer conforming to the
requirements of the PN-EN 1154:1999/A1:2004/AC:2010 standards and door handles
conforming to the requirements of the PN-EN 1906:2012 standard to meet the fire
resistance conditions. To ensure that the door meets anti-burglar specifications, door
handles should comply with min. class 3 anti-burglar resistance rating whereas door
lock cylinders should comply with min. class 4 key-related resistance rating and min.
class 1 attack resistance rating according to the
PN-EN 1303:2007+AC:2008 standard.
∙∙Top class “C” anti-burglary resistance
∙∙III European anti-burglary resistance class
∙∙Smoke control: Sa, Sm
∙∙Fire resistance: 30 min
∙∙Acoustic insulation: 37db
Technical Approval: AT-15-7560/2013
Certificate of Conformance: ITB-1807/W
Class 3 handle
(standard: chrome)
white painted
ECO TOP
laminated CPL 0.2 mm
HIGH TOP
LAMISTONE CPL
veneered
SILKSTONE
natural veneers
collections I,II,III
UV varnish
RETRO,
LIMBA,
COLLECTION iv, VI, VII
The door dimensions Sd (mm) So (mm) Hd (mm) Ho (mm)
1012 x 2075
1012
1040
2075
2090
1012 x 2000
1012
1040
2000
2015
1012 x 1950
1012
1040
1950
1965
980 x 2075
980
1010
2075
2090
980 x 2000
980
1010
2000
2015
980 x 1950
980
1010
1950
1965
880 x 2075
880
910
2075
2090
880 x 2000
880
910
2000
2015
880 x 1950
880
910
1950
1965
Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame
So, Ho – recommended installation dimension
POL-SKONE offers fire-proof doors with sound
insulation and smoke control as well as many
solutions for the project development market
in a separate publication
Adaptability of the adjustable door frame
- see p. 139
n COLOURS
Environment-friendly and wear-resistant surface.
ECO TOP
HIGH TOP
NEW
120
121
white
122
oak
137
139
Palermo
walnut
124
125
bavaria beech Caucasian
walnut
southern oak
140
141
dark ash
131
common
walnut
133
nut
dark oak
135
British oak
136
dark acacia
CPL 0,2 mm
CPL 0,5 mm*
147
premium oak patina ash
148
coffee ash
143
white pine
144
Scandinavian
oak
bright aralia
145
dark aralia
146
CPL
Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear
and impact of chemical agents. Recommended for public utility
buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in
hotels, offices.
Italian walnut
NEW
258
820
221
white
222
beech
223
grey
cherry tree
229
821
oak
anthracite
920
251
252
beech
259
oak
921
grey
anthracite
L-P 5G
premium
walnut
collection I
light oak
9417-HW
965
wenge
312
326
limba
323
beech
L-P 21
332
rustic oak
334
maple
European oak
NEW
370
371
white-stained truffle oak
oak
PAINTED
white (NCS
s0500-N)
NEW
372
coffee oak
NEW
380
natural ash
NEW
381
moreno ash
NEW
382
Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with
additional, unique real wood grain effect.
350
graphite
279
284
Siberian oak
Royal maple
288
292
293
294
295
296
297
Royal
anthracite
rubio ash
Brazilian
nut tree
Royal chestnut
Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat
collection VI
351
marrone
352
611-613
nero
SAHARA
LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
collection VII
NEW
wenge
276
Polish oak
Exemplary HPL colours.
To agree on the details, consult the
Sales Department; available finishes:
matt or gloss.
4447-6
L-P 20G
265
premium
walnut
after consultation with the Sales Department
The colours printed in this catalogue may
vary from the actual colours due to the
quality of height volume print process.
The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is
certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those
laid in multiple layers.
collection II
collection III
collection IV
VENEERED
311
L-P 9G
263
white oak
*Available for construction development inquiries SILKSTONE
HPL 0.6 - 1.0 mm
laminates can be
optionally used
K1238 AR+ 0901-HW
260
white
863
NEW
white
HPL*
138
chestnut
LAMISTONE
LAMINATED
000
129
NEW
142
Salinas oak
132
maple
NEW
621-623
KONGO
RETRO – oak veneer
NEW
383
negro ash
421
cappucino
422
mokka
424
teak
340
ebony
404
dark walnut
405
light walnut
Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes
(except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour
specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units).
colours of RAL and NCS
palettes (except the
metallic ones)
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves and door frames are possible
137
ANTI-BURGLAR RC3
The door is designed for closing openings inside buildings. It can be used as internal entrance door leading from
corridors or staircases to apartments in multifamily buildings, to residential rooms in collective dwellings and
to rooms in public utility buildings.
n SPECIFICATIONS
Acoustic insulation:
class Rw = 32 dB
Enhanced resistance
to burglary
W0
RC3 with metal door frame
n DIMENSIONS
RC3 with wooden door frame
n DIMENSIONS (on the external side of the door frame)
∙∙Door leaf (dimensions in rebate) 924 x 2022 mm
∙∙Door (on the external side of the door frame) 1004 x 2071 mm
∙∙Door (on the external side of the door frame) 1012 x 2075 mm
∙∙Optional dimensions: 880x1950 mm; 880x2000 mm; 880x2075 mm; 980x1950 mm;
980x2000 mm; 980x2075 mm; 1012x1950 mm; 1012x2000 mm
n STRUCTURE
∙∙Door leaf: wooden rail and stile set topped with two HDF boards, the core made of
special POL-SKONE structure, door leaf thickness: 50 mm, door leaf thickness: 50 mm
∙∙Door frame: metal
∙∙Oaken threshold
n WAY OF OPENING
∙∙Opened outwards or inwards
n HARDWARE
∙∙Strip type mortise four-point bolt lock (2 bolts, 2 hooks), spacing: 92 mm, colour:
silver
∙∙4 pivot hinges adjustable in 3 planes in silver colour, 5 anti-burglar bolts
n EQUIPMENT
∙∙Recommended equipment option: the GARDA rose, the class 3 GARDA handle
(spacing: 92 mm), class 6 cylinders, viewer available at extra charge
∙∙The standard includes a borehole for the GARDA handle* (spacing: 92 mm)
∙∙Adaptability of the ES1 averse electric door strike by Bira
∙∙NOTE! To ensure that the door meets anti-burglar specifications, door handles should
comply with min. class 3 anti-burglar resistance rating in accordance with the PN-EN
1906:2012 standard whereas door lock cylinders should comply with min. class 4
key-related resistance rating and min. class 1 attack resistance rating according to
the PN-EN 1303:2007+AC:2008 standard.
n TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
∙∙Anti-burglar resistance: class RC3**
∙∙Acoustic insulation: class 32 dB
painted***
ECO TOP
HIGH TOP
LAMISTONE CPL
SILKSTONE
laminated CPL 0.2 mm
UV varnish
veneered
laminated CPL
0.5 mm
veneered
collections
I, II, III
n STRUCTURE
∙∙Door leaf: wooden rail and stile set topped with two HDF boards, the core made of
special POL-SKONE structure, door leaf thickness: 50 mm
∙∙Door frame: standard – fixed wooden (adaptability of widening panels); optional –
door frame with one-side adjustment
∙∙Oaken threshold, height: 20 mm
n WAY OF OPENING
∙∙Opened outwards or inwards
n HARDWARE
∙∙Strip type mortise four-point bolt lock (2 bolts, 2 hooks), spacing: 92 mm, colour:
silver
∙∙4 pivot hinges adjustable in 3 planes in silver colour, 5 anti-burglar bolts
n EQUIPMENT
∙∙Recommended equipment option: the GARDA rose, the class 3 GARDA handle
(spacing: 92 mm), class 6 cylinders, viewer available at extra charge
∙∙The standard includes a borehole for the GARDA handle* (spacing: 92 mm)
∙∙Adaptability of the ES1 averse electric door strike by Bira
∙∙NOTE! To ensure that the door meets anti-burglar specifications, door handles should
comply with min. class 3 anti-burglar resistance rating in accordance with the PN-EN
1906:2012 standard whereas door lock cylinders should comply with min. class 4
key-related resistance rating and min. class 1 attack resistance rating according to
the PN-EN 1303:2007+AC:2008 standard.
n TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
∙∙Anti-burglar resistance: class RC3**
∙∙Acoustic insulation: class 32 dB
RETRO, LIMBA,
collections
IV, VI, VII
* Availability without making bore-holes, a handle and plate set offering enhanced anti-burglar resistance should be used (at least that of class 3 according to
PN-EN 1906:2012)
** Provided that the door leaf is combined with the BKT anti-burglar metal frame or the POL-SKONE wooden frame, a handle and plate set complying with min.
class 3 protection rating in accordance with PN-EN1906:2012 and door lock cylinders complying with min. class 4 key-related resistance rating and min. class 1
attack resistance rating according to the PN-EN PN-EN 1303:2007+AC:2008 standard.
***RAL and NCS palettes – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141
138
∙∙Technical Approval: AT-15-7560/2013
ADJUSTABLE FRAMES
FOR ENTRANCE DOORS
n FOR B-30, C-30, CERBER II, RC3 ANTI-BURGLARY DOORS
EXTRA CHARGE FOR THE ADJUSTMENT SET FOR B-30, C-30, RC3, CERBER II BURGLAR RESISTANT DOORS AND TECHNICAL DOORS (WITH FLAT STRIPS - 60 mm)
(DOOR FRAMES ARE MILLED ON ONE SIDE TO FACILITATE INSTALLATION OF PANELS AND ARCHITRAVES)
laminated
HIGH TOP
LAMISTONE CPL
SILKSTONE
wood look-alike laminate
ECO TOP
painted*
wood look-alike foil
CERBER II
ZC range in mm 92-402
B-30, C-30, RC3
ZB range in mm 100-542
UV varnish
veneered
veneered
collections I, II, III
RETRO, LIMBA,
COLLECTION VI
Double leaf frames available for extra charge
* RAL/NCS – available for extra charge according to the colour table – p. 141
Door frames with Model 2000 and Model Retro type strips (available only in the colours of door frames for Model 2000 and Model Retro interior doors)
Frames with dimensions other than presented in the table - available at extra charge
Architrave
Door strip
for B-30, C-30, RC3 doors
Architrave fixed
in the panel
Door strip
Panel
Architrave fixed
in the panel
Panel 198 mm
for B-30, C-30, RC3 doors
Door strip
Panel
for B-30, C-30, RC3 doors
for cerber II doors
Architrave fixed
in the panel
Panel
Door strip
Architrave fitted in the
door frame
Door strip
Symbol
Adjustment
range
Complete set
ZB1
100-120
door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm
ZB2
120-144
door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm
Symbol
Adjustment
range
Complete set
ZB3
144-188
door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm, panel 76 mm
ZB4
188-210
door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm, panel 76 mm
ZB5
210-254
door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm, panel 142 mm
ZB6
254-276
door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm, panel 142 mm
ZB7
276-320
door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm, panel 208 mm
ZB8
320-342
door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm, panel 208 mm
ZB9
342-386
door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm, panel 274 mm
ZB10
386-410
door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm, panel 274 mm
Symbol
Adjustment
range
Complete set
ZB11
410-429
door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm, panel 142+198 mm
ZB12
429-476
door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm, panel 142+198 mm
ZB13
476-495
door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm, panel 208+198 mm
ZB14
495-542
door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm, panel 208+198 mm
Symbol
Adjustment
range
Complete set
ZC 1
92-112
ZC 2
112-136
door frame: 92 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm
door frame: 92 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm
ZC 3
136-180
door frame: 92 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm, panel 76 mm
ZC 4
180-202
door frame: 92 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm, panel 76 mm
ZC 5
202-246
door frame: 92 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm, panel 142 mm
ZC 6
246-268
door frame: 92 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm, panel 142 mm
ZC 7
268-312
door frame: 92 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm, panel 208 mm
ZC 8
312-334
door frame: 92 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm, panel 208 mm
ZC 9
334-378
door frame: 92 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm, panel 274 mm
ZC 10
378-402
door frame: 92 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm, panel 274 mm
139
ECO TOP
HIGH TOP
LAMISTONE CPL
SILKSTONE
LAMINATED
CPL 0,2 mm
CPL 0,5 mm
CPL 0,7 mm
ARCO p. 8
ARCO alu p. 10
VERIMO p. 12
INTER-AMBER p. 14
Impuls p. 16
CREO p. 18
Etiuda p. 20
Etiuda Lux p. 22
Deco/Deco vario p. 24
Simple/ASTOR/GRAF p. 26
Classic/CLASSIC Lux/fiord p. 28
PLytowe p. 30
Modern p. 32
Happy p. 34
TIARA p. 36
ASTRO p. 38
VERTIGO p. 40
VERTIGO Lux p. 42
ASTRO Lux p. 44
Deco Lux/Lux Soft/Lux Soft vario p. 46
NOSTRE p. 48
SEMPRe p. 50
SEMPRe Alu p. 52
SEMPRe Onda p. 54
SEMPRe Lux p. 56
SEMPRe Lux Alu p. 58
SEMPRe Inserto p. 60
SEMPRe Sense p. 62
SEMPRe Gravi p. 64
SEMPRe Verse p. 66
Sahara/ Kongo p. 68
Quattro Soft p. 70
Intersolid/ Intersolid Soft p. 72
Intersolid II p. 74
Vittoria-W p. 76
Vena/Grand Lux/Milenium Lux p. 78
ARGENT p. 80
Noble I/ Noble II p. 82
Passo/ Passo Alto p. 84
Calypso p. 86
Sabia p. 88
Form p. 90
L-Projekt p. 92
Verto p. 94
Lumen p. 96
SOUNDPROOF DOORS p. 98
DUO SOUNDPROOF DOORS p. 100
FOLDING DOORS p. 102
Cerber II p. 134
B-30/ C-30 p. 136
ANTI-BURGLAR RC3 DOOR p. 138
COLOURS
120
121
122
124
125
131
132
133
135
136
137
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
129
138
147
148
258
260
263
265
276
279
284
288
292
293
294
295
296
297
221
222
223
229
820
821
863
251
252
259
920
921
965
720
721
765
771
772
779
HPL
VENEERED
UV varnish
retro
limba
PAINTED
140
311
312
323
326
332
334
350
351
352
353
370
371
372
380
381
382
383
390
431
432
433
340
404
405
421
422
424
611-613
621-623
000
RAL/NCS
• • • •
•
•
• •
•
•
• •
•
• •
•
• •
•
• •
•
• •
•
• •
•
• •
•
• •
•
• •
•
• •
•
• •
•
• •
•
• •
•
•
• •
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
• •
• •
•
•
•
• • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • •
• •
• •
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
• •
•
•
•
• •
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
• •
• •
•
•
•
• •
• •
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
COLOURS
(Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible)
Environment-friendly and wear-resistant surface.
ECO TOP
HIGH TOP
NEW
120
121
white
122
oak
137
Palermo
walnut
139
southern oak
SILKSTONE
276
Polish oak
141
dark ash
Salinas oak
131
common
walnut
142
white pine
132
maple
133
nut
135
dark oak
British oak
279
Brazilian
nut tree
143
144
Scandinavian
oak
bright aralia
145
dark aralia
white
284
Siberian oak
288
Royal maple
292
293
294
Royal chestnut Royal
anthracite
295
296
129
chestnut
138
147
148
premium oak patina ash
coffee ash
LAMISTONE
CPL
297
258
white
260
white oak
263
265
premium
walnut
wenge
The colours printed in this catalogue may vary from the actual colours due to the quality of height volume print process.
*Available for construction development inquiries after consultation with the Sales Department
221
222
beech
223
grey
229
cherry tree
821
oak
863
anthracite
premium walnut
771
772
beech
779
grey
721
oak
NEW
920
white
251
beech
252
oak
259
grey
921
wenge
Exemplary HPL colours.
To agree on the details,
consult the Sales
Department; available
finishes: matt or gloss.
765
anthracite
965
anthracite
HPL 0.6 - 1.0 mm
laminates can be
optionally used
HPL*
white
146
Italian walnut
Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat
NEW
720
dark acacia
Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear
and impact of chemical agents. Recommended for public utility
buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in
hotels, offices.
NEW
820
136
NEW
CPL 0,5 mm*
CPL 0,2 mm
140
125
Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect.
LAMINATED
CPL 0,7 mm*
124
bavaria beech Caucasian
walnut
NEW
wenge
PAINTED
Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of
RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones)
– available at extra charge according to the colour
specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units)
VENEERED
000
white
colours of RAL and NCS palettes
(NCS s0500-N) (except the metallic ones)
collection I
collection II
collection III
collection IV
UV varnish
The POL-SKONE veneered
doors are coated with
environment-friendly UV
varnish. It is certainly more
resistant to scratches and
light than standard varnishes,
including those laid in multiple
layers.
311
light oak
312
326
limba
beech
collection V
431
natural oak
collection VII
rustic oak
332
maple
334
350
European oak
graphite
351
352
marrone
nero
432
medium
walnut
433
black walnut
371
SAHARA A
Sense graphite
612
SAHARA B
613
SAHARA C
621
KONGO A
622
KONGO B
623
KONGO C
421
cappucino
422
424
mokka
teak
RETRO – oak veneer
NEW
white-stained truffle oak
oak
611
353
LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer
collection VI
NEW
370
323
NEW
372
coffee oak
NEW
380
natural ash
NEW
381
moreno ash
NEW
382
rubio ash
NEW
383
negro ash
NEW
390
natural walnut
340
ebony
404
dark walnut
405
light walnut
n RAL PALETTE classification of colours according to colour intensity level
GROUP 1 – bright colours: extra charge
1013 1014 1015 6019 7035 7038 7044 7047 9001 9002 9003 9010 9016 9018
GROUP 2 – intermediate colours: extra charge
1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1012 1016 1017 1018 1023 1028 1032 1034 1037 3012 3015 6027 6034 7001 7004 7040 7042 7045
GROUP 3 – medium colours: extra charge
1011 1019 1020 1024 1027 1033 2000 2001 2003 2004 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 3013 3014 3017 3018 3022 3027 4001 4002 4003 4005 4006 4008
5014 5015 5018 5021 5023 5024 6000 6001 6002 6003 6010 6011 6013 6017 6018 6021 6024 6025 6033 7000 7002 7003 7023 7030 7031 7032 7033
7039 7046 8000 8001 8024 8025
GROUP 4 – dark colours: extra charge
3003 3004 3005 3007 3009 3011 4004 4007 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5013 5017 5019 5020 5022 6004 6005 6006
6012 6014 6015 6016 6020 6022 6026 6028 6029 6032 7005 7006 7008 7009 7010 7011 7012 7013 7015 7016 7021 7022 7024 7026 7043 8002 8003
8011 8012 8014 8015 8016 8017 8019 8022 8023 8028
Door model
GROUP 1
GROUP 2
GROUP 3
GROUP 4
EXTRA CHARGE TABLE PLYTOWE, ASTOR, GRAF, FIORD, CLASSIC Lux, SIMPLE, CLASSIC,
incl. the extra charges added to
Regarding the availability of NCS colours,
FOLDING DOORS, SIMPLE Duo, GRAF Duo, ASTOR Duo, CLASSIC Lux Duo,
leaves with RAL, NCS S
please consult our Sales Department
FIORD Duo, MODERN Duo, PLYTOWE Duo
the price is subject to individual calculation
according to the colour
VERTIGO, MODERN, ASTRO, HAPPY, CERBER II, B-30/C-30, RC3
groups**
DOOR FRAMES
The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural.
4009 4010 5012
7034 7036 7037
6007 6008 6009
8004 8007 8008
**extra charge
added to one leaf
141
HANDLES
n ARCO
colour
brushed nickel
colour
colour
stainless steel
n VERSA
chrome
chrome satin
colour
satin nickel
Split plate
brushed nickel chrome satin
colour
satin nickel
Split plate
Split plate
inox
colour
n LUGLIO
colour
stainless steel
colour
chrome/nickel
n OTONO
Split plate
glossy chrome, brushed chrome,
titanium, brushed nickel
colour
n VERANO
Split plate
glossy chrome, brushed chrome, titanium,
brushed nickel
n INVERNO
Split plate
colour
glossy chrome, brushed chrome, brushed
nickel
n AUTUNNO
Split plate
glossy chrome, brushed chrome, titanium,
brushed nickel, black
n ESTATE
Split plate
colour
glossy chrome, brushed chrome, titanium,
brushed nickel, chrome velvet
n PRIMAVERA
Split plate
colour
glossy chrome, brushed chrome, titanium,
brushed nickel
Split plate
colour
glossy chrome, brushed chrome, titanium,
brushed nickel, black
The insert in the colour of the door is available
142
nickel
n APRILE
Split plate
colour
chrome satin
n MAGGIO
n AGOSTO
Split plate
colour
brushed nickel
Split plate
n IMAGE-O INOX
colour
satin nickel
n CRUX
Split plate
colour
Split plate
Split plate
antique brass
n MENSA
n ARCUS
n IMAGE-QR
Split plate
HANDLES
n SEMPRE
n GRAVI
Split plate
colour
n LATINO
Split plate
nickel
colour
Split plate
nickel
colour
n LINEA
n PASSO
colour
nickel-matt
chrome-mat
n ENCKE
colour
antique brass satin nickel
Split plate
colour
n BIELA
graphite
satin nickel
Split plate
brushed
nickel
colour
satin nickel
brushed
nickel
Split plate
chrome / brushed nickel / antique
brass
colour
stainless steel/chrome
n FAYE
Split plate
Split plate
antique brass
colour
antique brass
n TRITTON
n GALE
n HALLEY
colour
colour
n TWIST
Split plate
brushed
nickel
Split plate
stainless steel
chrome / brushed nickel / antique
brass
colour
nickel-matt / patina
Handles for eNTRANCE doors
n OTERMA
colour
n OTERMA II colour
spacing 72 mm
silver / gold /
old gold / titanium, inox
CLASS II
spacing 72 mm
silver / gold /
old gold / titanium, inox
n JANE colour
chrome/nickel
spacing 72 mm
brown grafiato
In case of the Cerber inward opening
door - the direction of the requested JANE
handle should be opposite to the direction
of the door (e.g. the CERBER LEFT inward
opening type - the JANE RIGHT handle).
In case of the Cerber outward opening
door - the direction of the requested JANE
handle should be same as the direction of
the door (e.g. the CERBER LEFT outward
opening type - the JANE LEFT handle).
n GARDA
spacing 72 mm
colour
F1 (chrome)
spacing 92 mm
F1 (chrome)
143
Handles for eNTRANCE doors
n PRESTIGE
CLASS 3
spacing 72 mm
colour
chrome/inox
spacing 92 mm
spacing 92 mm
chrome
black
n Cylinders for INTERIOR entrance doors
the B class cylinder
the 6 class (C class) cylinder
1 unit
1 unit (incl. the knob)
a complete set – 2 units (incl. the knob)
golden, silver
golden, silver
golden, nickel-satina
for the B-30 doors
for the CERBER II doors*
for the RC3 doors
* You are requested to specify the door opening direction while ordering the cylinders with knobs.
n Cylinders for interior doors
viewer colour: silver, golden
Designed
for CERBER II
entrance door
1 unit
Designed
for B 30, C 30
entrance door
golden, silver
for the rebated 30/35
for the non-rebated single leaf
type 30/30
for the non-rebated double leaf
type 30/35
TECHNICAL APPROVALS AND CERTIFICATES
For the comprehensive
information about
approvals and certificates,
please visit
www.pol-skone.eu
2014
®
® INSTYTUT TECHNIKI BUDOWLANEJ
INSTYTUT TECHNIKI BUDOWLANEJ
PL 00-611
PL 00-611 WARSZAWA, ul. FILTROWA 1
Członek Europejskiej Unii Akceptacji Technicznej w Budownictwie-UEAtc
Członek Europejskiej Organizacji ds. Aprobat Technicznych-EOTA
Seria: APROBATY TECHNICZNE
Seria: APROBATY TECHNICZNE
Seria: APROBATY TECHNICZNE
Egzemplarz archiwalny
APROBATA TECHNICZNA ITB
AT-15-6411/2010
Na podstawie rozporzdzenia Ministra Infrastruktury z dnia 8 listopada 2004 r. w sprawie
aprobat technicznych oraz jednostek organizacyjnych upowanionych do ich wydawania (Dz. U. Nr
249 z 2004 r., poz. 2497) w wyniku postpowania aprobacyjnego dokonanego w Instytucie
Techniki Budowlanej w Warszawie na wniosek firmy:
POL-SKONE Sp. z o.o.
ul. Lucyny Herc 8, 20-328 Lublin
Seria: APROBATY TECHNICZNE
Egzemplarz archiwalny
Na podstawie rozporzdzenia Ministra Infrastruktury z dnia 8 listopada 2004 r. w
sprawie aprobat technicznych oraz jednostek organizacyjnych upowanionych do ich
wydawania (Dz. U. Nr 249 z 2004 r., poz. 2497), w wyniku postpowania aprobacyjnego
dokonanego w Instytucie Techniki Budowlanej w Warszawie na wniosek firmy:
APROBATA TECHNICZNA ITB
AT-15-7560/2013
Na podstawie rozporz dzenia Ministra Infrastruktury z dnia 8 listopada 2004 r. w sprawie
aprobat technicznych oraz jednostek organizacyjnych upowa nionych do ich wydawania (Dz. U.
Nr 249 z 2004 r., poz. 2497), w wyniku post powania aprobacyjnego dokonanego w Instytucie
Techniki Budowlanej w Warszawie na wniosek firmy:
POL-SKONE Spółka z o.o.
ul. Lucyny Herc 8, 20-328 Lublin
POL-SKONE Sp. z o.o.
ul. Lucyny Herc 8, 20-328 Lublin
w zakresie i na zasadach okrelonych w Zaczniku, który jest integraln czci niniejszej
Aprobaty Technicznej ITB.
stwierdza si przydatno do stosowania w budownictwie wyrobów pod nazw:
Drzwi wewntrzlokalowe
przesuwne i skadane systemu POL-SKONE
w zakresie i na zasadach okrelonych w Zaczniku, który jest integraln czci niniejszej
Aprobaty Technicznej ITB.
DYREKTOR
Instytutu Techniki Budowlanej
Termin wanoci :
29 czerwca 2015 r.
Egzemplarz archiwalny
APROBATA TECHNICZNA ITB
AT-15-6473/2010
stwierdza si przydatno do stosowania w budownictwie wyrobów pod nazw:
Drzwi wewntrzlokalowe
rozwierane i skadane systemu POL-SKONE
Marek Kapro
WARSZAW A, ul. FILTROWA 1
tel.: (48 22) 825-04-71; (48 22) 825-76-55 - fax: (48 22) 825-52-86
tel.: (48 22) 825-04-71; (48 22) 825-76-55; fax: (48 22) 825-52-86
Czonek Europejskiej Unii Aprobat Technicznych w Budownictwie – UEAtc
Czonek Europejskiej Organizacji ds. Aprobat Technicznych – EOTA
Termin wanoci :
29 grudnia 2015 r.
DYREKTOR
Instytutu Techniki Budowlanej
stwierdza si przydatno
Zacznik:
Postanowienia ogólne i techniczne
Na podstawie rozporzdzenia Ministra Infrastruktury z dnia 8 listopada 2004 r. w sprawie
aprobat technicznych oraz jednostek organizacyjnych upowanionych do ich wydawania (Dz. U.
Nr 249, poz. 2497), w wyniku postpowania aprobacyjnego dokonanego w Instytucie Techniki
Budowlanej w Warszawie, na wniosek firmy:
do stosowania w budownictwie wyrobów pod nazw :
POL-SKONE Sp. z o.o.
ul. Lucyny Herc 8, 20-328 Lublin
Drzwi wewn trzne wej ciowe
POL-SKONE B-30, POL-SKONE C-30,
POL-SKONE EI 30 i POL-SKONE SR 39
w zakresie i na zasadach okre lonych w Zał czniku, który stanowi integraln cz
Aprobaty Technicznej ITB.
niniejszej
stwierdza si przydatno do stosowania w budownictwie wyrobów pod nazw:
Drewniane drzwi wewntrzne wejciowe CERBER
systemu Pol-Skone
w zakresie i na zasadach okrelonych w Zaczniku, który stanowi integraln cz niniejszej
Aprobaty Technicznej ITB.
Termin wa no ci:
8 sierpnia 2013 r.
Termin wanoci:
Zał cznik:
Marek Kapro
APROBATA TECHNICZNA ITB
AT-15-8773/2011
Postanowienia ogólne i techniczne
DYREKTOR
Instytutu Techniki Budowlanej
22 grudnia 2016 r.
Zacznik:
Zacznik:
Postanowienia ogólne i techniczne
Warszawa, 29 czerwca 2010 r.
Warszawa, 29 grudnia 2010 r.
Marek Kapro
Postanowienia ogólne i techniczne
Warszawa, 8 sierpnia 2008 r.
Warszawa, 22 grudnia 2011 r.
______________________________________________________________________________________________
Aprobata Techniczna ITB AT-15-6411/2010 jest nowelizacj Aprobaty Technicznej ITB AT-15-6411/2004.
Dokument Aprobaty Technicznej ITB AT-15-6411/2010 zawiera 48 strony. Tekst tego dokumentu mona
kopiowa tylko w caoci. Publikowanie lub upowszechnianie w kadej innej formie fragmentów tekstu
Aprobaty Technicznej wymaga pisemnego uzgodnienia z Instytutem Techniki Budowlanej.
144
Aprobata Techniczna ITB AT-15-6473/2010 jest nowelizacj Aprobaty Technicznej ITB AT-15-6473/2004.
Dokument Aprobaty Technicznej ITB AT-15-6473/2010 zawiera 49 stron. Tekst tego dokumentu mona kopiowa
tylko w caoci. Publikowanie lub upowszechnianie w kadej innej formie fragmentów tekstu Aprobaty Technicznej
wymaga pisemnego uzgodnienia z Instytutem Techniki Budowlanej.
Dokument Aprobaty Technicznej ITB AT-15-7560/2008 zawiera 44 strony. Tekst tego dokumentu kopiowa
mo na tylko w cało ci. Publikowanie lub upowszechnianie w ka dej innej formie fragmentów tekstu
Aprobaty Technicznej, wymaga pisemnego uzgodnienia z Instytutem Techniki Budowlanej.
Dokument Aprobaty Technicznej ITB AT-15-8773/2011 zawiera 26 stron. Tekst tego dokumentu mona kopiowa
tylko w caoci. Publikowanie lub upowszechnianie w kadej innej formie fragmentów tekstu Aprobaty
Technicznej, wymaga pisemnego uzgodnienia z Instytutem Techniki Budowlanej.
HANDLES
HANDLES
Interior doors
Item
Type of handle
Rebated (including the sound
insulation Type A, Type B)
Non-rebated (with magnetic lock
including the sound insulation
Type A, Type B)
Cerber II
Cerber 37 dB
RC3
B-30, C-30
1
ARCO
x
x
-
-
-
-
2
ARCUS
x
x
-
-
-
-
3
MENSA
x
x
-
-
-
-
4
IMAGE-O-INOX
x
x
-
-
-
-
5
IMAGE-QR
x
x
-
-
-
-
6
LATINO
x
x
-
-
-
-
7
PASSO
x
x
-
-
-
-
8
TWIST
x
x
-
-
-
-
9
LINEA
x
x
-
-
-
-
10
CRUX
x
x
-
-
-
-
11
SEMPRE
x
x
-
-
-
-
12
GRAVI
x
x
-
-
-
-
13
VERSA
x
x
-
-
-
-
14
ENCKE
x
x
-
-
-
-
15
BIELA
x
x
-
-
-
-
16
FAYE
x
x
-
-
-
-
17
HALLEY
x
x
-
-
-
-
18
GALE
x
-
-
-
-
-
19
TRITTON
x
-
-
-
-
-
20
PRESTIGE
x**
-
x**
x*
x*
x*
21
GARDA
x*
-
-
x
x
x
22
JANE
x
-
x
x
-
-
23
OTERMA
x**
-
x**
x*
-
-
24
AGOSTO
x
x
-
-
-
-
25
MAGGIO
x
x
-
-
-
-
26
LUGLIO
x
x
-
-
-
-
27
APRILE
x
x
-
-
-
-
28
OTONO
x
x
-
-
-
-
29
VERANO
x
x
-
-
-
-
30
INVERNO
x
x
-
-
-
-
31
AUTUNNO
x
x
-
-
-
-
32
ESTATE
x
x
-
-
-
-
33
PRIMAVERA
x
x
-
-
-
-
* screws must be shortened
** screws and stud must be shortened
7
9x30
LOB
8
30Gx35
Wilka
9
30x35G
Wilka
10
35Gx35
Wilka
11
40x35G
Wilka
12
40x30G
Wilka
13
35Gx45
Wilka
14
35x40G
Wilka
Opened outwards
Opened inwards
Opened outwards
Opened inwards
With the JANE handle
With the Prestige handle, with and
without cylinder protection, and
the Garda handle with the cylinder
protection
RC3
With the Prestige handle, with and
without cylinder protection, and
the Garda handle with the cylinder
protection
B30/C30
Opened outwards
Opened inwards
Opened outwards
LOB
With the OTERMA, OTERMA II handle
or with the Prestige handle, with and
without cylinder protection
LOB
30x40G
Opened inwards
30Gx40
6
With the OTERMA, OTERMA II
handle
5
Opened outwards
LOB
Opened inwards
30x40
Cerber II 37 dB
With the JANE handle
4
Opened outwards
LOB
With the Prestige handle
without cylinder protection
30x35G
Opened outwards
3
Opened inwards
x
For the anti-panic lever
Double leaf rebated type
x
LOB
Lumen
Single leaf rebated type, Type A, type B
LOB
30x30
Cerber II
Double leaf non-rebated type, Type A, type B
Manufacturer
30x35
2
Double leaf non-rebated type
Cylinder size
1
Single leaf non-rebated type, Type A, type B
Item
Interior doors
Opened inwards
CYLINDERS
NOTE! The door should be provided with door handles conforming to the requirements of the PN-EN 1906:2012 standard to meet the fire resistance conditions.
x
x
Viewers:
- interior doors, Cerber: viewer Ø15 LOB in range 35-55 mm
- technical doors: viewer Ø20 Panorama 200 in range 45-70 mm
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
NOTE! The door should be provided with door lock cylinders conforming to the requirements of the PN-EN 1303:2007
+ AC:2008 standard to meet the fire resistance conditions.
145
EXEMPLARY REFERENCES
Piano hotel, Opole
Szczecin Academy of Art, Szczecin
Dental Institute, Poznan
Hotel “Srebrne Tarasy”, Sarbinowo
Military Administrative Court, Gorzow
Hotel “Delfin”, Dabki
Pelikan Apartment Building, Poznan
Ikar Plaza, Kolobrzeg
The University Library, Zielona Góra
Apartment Building, Miedzyzdroje
Congress Centre, Poznan
Hotel “Resident”, Swinoujscie
Hotel Vertigo, Gogolin
CPIA
Cristal resort
Hotel “Slociak”, Opole
Opole University of Technology, Opole
Hospital, Bydgoszcz
ZUS, Walbrzych
Opole University, Opole
BAŁTYK Health Resort, Kołobrzeg
Biotechnology Department, Opole
146
don prestige residence, poznań
dune, mielno
For the comprehensive information about the references, please visit www.pol-skone.eu
john deere, tarnowo podgórne
SOLUTIONS FOR DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS
n SPECIFICATIONS
Fire resistance: 30 min
Acoustic insulation: class Smoke control (optional) for
door without
Rw=32 dB (single leaf type)
a ventilation grill
class Rw=27 dB
(double leaf door)
n SPECIFICATIONS
n SPECIFICATIONS
Fire resistance: 60 min Acoustic insulation: class Smoke control (optional)
Rw=32 dB
for door without
a ventilation grill
Non-standard wall housings (custom designs)
adapted to even the most demanding designs.
Acoustic insulation:
class Rw=32 dB (single leaf type)
class Rw=32 dB (double leaf door)
class Rw=42 dB (single leaf type)
Fire resistance: 30 min
n TECHNICAL DOOR DECORS
Sample patterns
Side and top rails
with various finish options.
MILENIUM
GRAND
VENA
FORM
ASTRO LUX W2 ASTRO LUX W8
ETIUDA
The technical door with a decor is available
(at an extra charge after consultation with the Sales Department)
Availability of the side and top 210 mm wide architrave
– door types: B-30,C-30.
Door models: CERBER, EI 30 PLUS, EI30, EI60 PLUS
- only from the side opposite to the hinge side.
The Developments/Projects catalogue contains a detailed
selection of available solutions for development projects.
147
SOLUTIONS FOR DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS
Fire Protection Doors
Smoke Control Doors
EI 30, EI 60
R E B A T E D NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
Fire resistance
30 min., 60 min.
Acoustic insulation
27 dB, 32 dB, 42 dB
Smoke control
Sound Insulating Doors
TYPE A, TYPE B
R E B A T E D NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
Acoustic insulation
27 dB, 32 dB, 37 dB
HIGRO
Special Purpose Doors
NON-REBATED
SYSTEM
For rooms with high relative
air humidity and temperature
148
The Developments/Projects catalogue contains a detailed selection
of available solutions for development projects.
GAMMA
Special Purpose Doors
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
For rooms where
x-radiation is generated
Exterior Doors
R E B AT E D
SYSTEM
Thermal transmittance
ud from 0,78 w/m2k
Burglary resistance
Wooden Windows
Passive Windows
Thermal transmittance:
from 0,77 w/m2k*
Water tightness
Resistance to wind
Acoustic properties
rw(c; ctr)
Air permeability
2+1 Window
Thermal transmittance:
from 0,98 w/m2k*
Water tightness:
e1800
Resistance to wind: c3
Acoustic properties
rw (c; ctr) : 33 (-1;-5)
Air permeability: 4
*to the reference window of the dimensions of 1,23x1,48 m
149
WINDOW SPECIFICATIONS
Windows hold
the FSC® 100% certificate.
See the POL-Skone
catalogue for details.
Typ C
S-System
SLIM
Alu-Effect
Wooden Casement window
Window frame thickness
68 mm
Including the aluminium 119 mm
Including the aluminium 77 mm
190 mm
Material
pine/oak/meranti**
Typ C: typ C
S-System: S-System
optional S-System
optional Typ C
pine
pine/oak/meranti** - aluminium
Typ C
optional S-System
pine
Typ C
optional S-System
Glazing bead profile
Typ C
Way of opening
FIX, U, R, RU, RU-R, UP (Patio Sliding),
PL (Patio Life), S (Patio Folding), O (Revolving)
FIX, U, R, RU, RU-R
FIX, U, R, RU, RU-R, UP (Patio
Sliding), S (Patio Folding),
RU/R, R+R /R+R, R+RU /R+R
Available glass pane sets
4/16/4 Ug=1,0; g=50%
4/10/4/10/4 Ug=0,8; g=53%
4/16/4/16/4 Ug=0,5; g=35%
4/16/4 Ug=1,0; g=50%
4/10/4/10/4 Ug=0,8; g=53%
4/16/4 Ug=1,0 + 4mm; g=50%
1,3
0,75
1,3
1,1
1,4
-
-
Thermal
Pine
transmittance
2
Oak
U (W/m K)*
Sound Rw(dB)
Quantity
Weather strip
Colour
34
33
34
Typ C: 2
S-System: 1
3
2
white/rustic brown
white/rustic brown
white/rustic brown
(*) The provided values of the thermal and acoustic insulation apply to the reference window of the dimensions of 1.23 x 1.48 m.
** subject to consultation with the POL-SKONE Development Project Service Department or the Sales Department
34
2/1
white/rustic brown
Dual-Standard
Scandinavian System
2+1
Steps Window
Window frame thickness
Including the aluminium 86 mm
104 mm
Including the aluminium 93 mm
Including the aluminium 78 mm
Material
pine/oak/meranti** – aluminium
-
pine
Typ C
optional S-System
pine/oak – aluminium
Glazing bead profile
pine/oak
S-System
optional Typ C
Way of opening
FIX, U, R, RU, RU-R,
UP (Patio Sliding), PL (Patio Life)
TS, TH, SHI, SHII, FIX
R, RU, RU-R
FIX, U, R, RU, R+R, R+RU
Available glass pane sets
4/16/4 Ug=1,0; g=50%
4/10/4/10/4 Ug=0,8; g=53%
4/16/4 Ug=1,0; g=50%
4/10/4/10/4 Ug=0,8; g=53%
4/16/4 Ug=1,0; g=50%
6Steps/16/4 Ug=1,0; g=59%
1,3
1,3
0,98
1,3
-
1,3
-
Thermal
Pine
transmittance
Oak
U (W/m2K)*
Sound Rw(dB)
Quantity
Weather strip
Colour
150
33
33
33
2
1
2
white/rustic brown
white/rustic brown
white/rustic brown
(*) The provided values of the thermal and acoustic insulation apply to the reference window of the dimensions of 1.23 x 1.48 m.
** subject to consultation with the POL-SKONE Development Project Service Department or the Sales Department
-
34
2
black + white/rustic brown
The detailed offer of exterior door and window systems
is available in a separate catalogue: POL-SKONE EXTERIOR DOORS AND WINDOWS
Windows hold
the FSC® 100% certificate.
See the POL-Skone
catalogue for details.
EC 90 SR 46
Energy Concept 90
EC90 Plus
Patio Life
Window frame
thickness
90 mm
90 mm
90 mm
171 mm
Material
pine
pine/oak/meranti**
pine z wkładem
termoizolacyjnym
pine/oak
Glazing bead profile
Typ C
optional S-System
Typ C
optional S-System
Typ C
optional S-System
Typ C
optional S-System
Way of opening
FIX, U, R, RU, RU-R
FIX, U, R, RU, RU-R,
UP (Patio Sliding), PL (Patio Life)
FIX, U, R, RU, RU-R
PATIO LIFE
Available glass pane
sets
66.2f.acust./20/44.2 Ug=1,0;
Rw=51dB; g=46%
4/16/4/16/4 Ug=0,5; g=37%
4/16/4/16/4 Ug=0,7; g=62%
4/16/4 Ug=1,0; g=50%
4/10/4/10/4 Ug=0,8; g=53%
Pine
1,3
0,78
0,77
1,2
Oak
-
0,87
-
-
Thermal
transmittance
U (W/m2K)*
Sound Rw(dB)
Quantity
Weather strip
Colour
46
35
35
3
3
3
white/rustic brown
white/rustic brown
white/oak rustic
(*) The provided values of the thermal and acoustic insulation apply to the reference window of the dimensions of 1.23 x 1.48 m.
** subject to consultation with the POL-SKONE Development Project Service Department or the Sales Department
2
black
Dual-Nord
Dual-Nord 0,5
Typ C Plus
Energy Concept 90 Alu-Effect
EC90 Plus Alu Effect
Window frame thickness
Including the aluminium 117 mm
78 mm
Including the aluminium 104 mm
Including the aluminium 104 mm
Material
pine/oak - aluminium
pine
Glazing bead profile
-
Typ C
optional S-System
pine/ oak/ meranti**
aluminium termal insert
Typ C
optional S-System
pine with a thermal insulation insert aluminium
Typ C
optional S-System
Way of opening
TS, TH, SHI, SHII, FIX
FIX, U, R, RU, RU-R,
UP (Patio Sliding), S (Patio Folding)
FIX, U, R, RU, RU-R
FIX, U, R, RU, RU-R
Available glass pane
sets
Thermal
transmittance
U (W/m2K)*
Pine
Oak
Sound Rw(dB)
Quantity
Weather strip
Colour
Dual-Nord: 4/16/4
Ug=1,0; g=50%
4/10/4/10/4 Ug = 0,8
g =53%
Dual-Nord 0,5:
4/16/4/16/4 Ug=0,5;
g=37%
4/14/4/14/4 Ug=0,6; g=35%
4/16/4/16/4 Ug=0,5; g=37%
4/16/4/16/4 Ug=0,7; g=62%
Dual-Nord: 1,3
Dual-Nord 0,5: 0,81
0,88
0,77
0,78
-
-
-
33
35
1
2
3
white/rustic brown
white/rustic brown
white/rustic brown
(*) The provided values of the thermal and acoustic insulation apply to the reference window of the dimensions of 1.23 x 1.48 m.
** subject to consultation with the POL-SKONE Development Project Service Department or the Sales Department
35
3
white/oak rustic
151
Exterior doors, windows and solutions for development projects
are available in separate publications.
Search for products
with the FSC® mark
in our offer
BUSINESS PARTNER
DOORS anD WInDOWS
POL-SKONE Sp. z o.o.
ul. Lucyny Herc 8
20-328 Lublin, Poland
phone: +48 81 744 30 11 –:13
fax: +48 81 744 24 89; +48 81 744 39 12
e-mail: [email protected]
www.pol-skone.eu
152